summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/44037-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '44037-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--44037-0.txt7904
1 files changed, 7904 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/44037-0.txt b/44037-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..703fb5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44037-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7904 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44037 ***
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+ file which includes the original illustrations.
+ See 44037-h.htm or 44037-h.zip:
+ (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44037/44037-h/44037-h.htm)
+ or
+ (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44037/44037-h.zip)
+
+
+ Images of the original pages are available through
+ Internet Archive. See
+ https://archive.org/details/adventuresofbill00duncuoft
+
+
+
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF BILLY TOPSAIL
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_THE WORKS OF_
+
+NORMAN DUNCAN
+
+_Second Edition_
+
+The Mother
+
+ A Novelette of New York Life. 12mo, cloth, $1.25, de
+ Luxe, $2.00 net.
+
+ "Another book quite unlike 'Dr. Luke' in environment,
+ but very like it in its intuitive understandings of the
+ natures of the lowly and obscure . . . holds the reader
+ spellbound."--_Nashville American._
+
+
+_Twenty-fifth Thousand_
+
+Doctor Luke of the Labrador
+
+ 12mo, cloth, $1.50.
+
+ "Norman Duncan has fulfilled all that was expected
+ of him in this story; it established him beyond
+ question as one of the strong masters of the present
+ day."--_Brooklyn Eagle._
+
+
+_Fourth Edition_
+
+Dr. Grenfell's Parish
+
+ Illustrated. Cloth, $1.00 net.
+
+ "He tells vividly and picturesquely many of the things
+ done by Dr. Grenfell and his associates. They have
+ a distinct literary tone. It is splendid, heroic
+ work that Dr. Grenfell and his fellows are doing as
+ missionaries of humanity and civilization in a field
+ that is painfully near home."--_N. Y. Sun._
+
+
+ FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
+ _Publishers_
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+[Illustration: HIS CLOTHES WERE FROZEN STIFF, AND HE HAD TO BEAT THEM
+ON THE ICE TO SOFTEN THEM.]
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF BILLY TOPSAIL
+
+by
+
+NORMAN DUNCAN
+
+Author of "Doctor Luke of The Labrador,"
+"The Mother," "Dr. Grenfell's Parish"
+
+Illustrated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+New York Chicago Toronto
+Fleming H. Revell Company
+London and Edinburgh
+
+Copyright, 1906, by
+Fleming H. Revell Company
+
+New York: 158 Fifth Avenue
+Chicago: 80 Wabash Avenue
+Toronto: 27 Richmond Street, W.
+London: 21 Paternoster Square
+Edinburgh: 100 Princes Street
+
+
+
+
+ _J. K._
+
+
+
+
+ _To the editors of the "Youth's Companion" the author's
+ thanks are due for the permission to reprint much of
+ the contents of this book._
+
+
+
+
+_To the Boy who Reads the Book_
+
+
+YOU must not be surprised because the adventures of Billy Topsail and
+a few of his friends fill this book. If _all_ the adventures of these
+real boys were written the record would fill many books. This is not
+hard to explain. The British Colony of Newfoundland lies to the north
+of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and to the east of the Canadian Labrador.
+It is so situated that the inhabitants may not escape adventures.
+On the map, it looks bleak and far away and inhospitable--a lonely
+island, outlying in the stormy water of the Atlantic. Indeed, it is
+all that. The interior is a vast wilderness--a waste place. The folk
+are fishermen all. They live on the coast, in little harbours, remote,
+widely scattered, not connected by roads; communication is only by way
+of the sea. They are hospitable, fearless, tender, simple, willing for
+toil; and, surely, little else can be said of a people. Long, long ago,
+their forbears first strayed up that forbidding shore in chase of the
+fish; and the succeeding generations, though such men as we are, have
+there lived their lives, apart from the world's comforts and delights
+as we know them. The land is barren; sustenance is from the sea, which
+is moody and cold and gray: thus life in that far place has many perils
+and deprivations and toilsome duties. The boys of the outports are like
+English-speaking boys the world over. They are merry or not, brave or
+not, kind or not, as boys go; but it may be that they are somewhat
+merrier and braver and kinder than boys to whom self-reliance and
+physical courage are less needful. At any rate, they have adventures,
+every one of them; and that is not surprising--for the conditions of
+life are such that every Newfoundland lad intimately knows hardship and
+peril at an age when the boys of the cities still grasp a hand when
+they cross the street.
+
+ N. D.
+
+New York, _September, 1906_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER I 11
+
+ In which young Billy Topsail of Ruddy Cove puts out to his first
+ adventure with his dog in the bow of the punt.
+
+
+ CHAPTER II 19
+
+ Concerning the behaviour of Billy Topsail and his dog in the
+ water when the _Never Give Up_ went to the bottom, and
+ closing with an apology and a wag of the tail.
+
+
+ CHAPTER III 26
+
+ Describing the haunts and habits of devil-fish and informing
+ the reader of Billy Topsail's determination to make a
+ capture at all hazards.
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV 34
+
+ Recounting the adventure of the giant squid of Chain Tickle,
+ in which the punt gets in the grip of a gigantic tentacle
+ and Billy Topsail strikes with an axe.
+
+
+ CHAPTER V 44
+
+ On the face of the cliff: Wherein Billy Topsail gets lost
+ in a perilous place and sits down to recover his
+ composure.
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI 52
+
+ In which Billy Topsail loses his nerve. Wherein, also, the
+ wings of gulls seem to brush past.
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII 59
+
+ In which Billy Topsail hears the fur trader's story of a
+ jigger and a cake of ice in the wind.
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII 69
+
+ In the offshore gale: In which Billy Topsail goes seal
+ hunting and is swept to sea with the floe.
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX 78
+
+ In which old Tom Topsail burns his punt and Billy wanders in
+ the night and three lives hang on a change of wind.
+
+
+ CHAPTER X 86
+
+ How Billy Topsail's friend Bobby Lot joined fortunes with
+ Eli Zitt and whether or not he proved worthy of the
+ partnership.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XI 93
+
+ Bobby Lot learns to swim and Eli Zitt shows amazing courage
+ and self-possession and strength.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XII 104
+
+ Containing the surprising adventure of Eli Zitt's little
+ partner on the way back from Fortune Harbour, in which
+ a Newfoundland dog displays a saving intelligence.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIII 116
+
+ In which Billy Topsail sets sail for the Labrador, the
+ _Rescue_ strikes an iceberg, and Billy is commanded to
+ pump for his life.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIV 123
+
+ Faithfully narrating the amazing experiences of a
+ Newfoundland schooner and describing Billy Topsail's
+ conduct in a sinking boat.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XV 131
+
+ In which the Ruddy Cove doctor tells Billy Topsail and
+ a stranger how he came to learn that the longest way
+ 'round is sometimes the shortest way home.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVI 142
+
+ Describing how Billy Topsail set out for Ruddy Cove with
+ Her Majesty's Mail and met with catastrophe.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVII 151
+
+ Billy Topsail wrings out his clothes and finds himself
+ cut off from shore by thirty yards of heaving ice.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVIII 159
+
+ In which Billy Topsail joins the whaler _Viking_ and a
+ school is sighted.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIX 164
+
+ In which the chase is kept up and the captain promises
+ himself a kill.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XX 172
+
+ The mate of the fin-back whale rises for the last time,
+ with a blood-red sunset beyond, and Billy Topsail
+ says, "Too bad!"
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXI 176
+
+ In which Billy Topsail goes fishing in earnest. Concerning,
+ also, Feather's Folly of the Devil's Teeth, Mary
+ Robinson, and the wreck of the _Fish Killer_.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXII 184
+
+ The crew of the _Fish Killer_ finds refuge on an iceberg
+ and discovers greater safety elsewhere, after which
+ the cook is mistaken for a fool, but puts the crew
+ to shame.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXIII 196
+
+ In which the clerk of the trader _Tax_ yarns of a madman
+ in the cabin.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXIV 208
+
+ In which a pirate's cave grows interesting, and two young
+ members of the Ethnological and Antiquarian Club of
+ St. John's, undertake an adventure under the guidance
+ of Billy Topsail.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXV 216
+
+ In which there is a landslide at Little Tickle Basin and
+ something of great interest and peculiar value is
+ discovered in the cave.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXVI 223
+
+ In which Billy Topsail determines to go to the ice in the
+ spring of the year, and young Archibald Armstrong of
+ St. John's is permitted to set out upon an adventure
+ which promises to be perilous and profitable.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXVII 231
+
+ While Billy Topsail is about his own business Archie
+ Armstrong stands on the bridge of the _Dictator_ and
+ Captain Hand orders "Full speed ahead!" on the stroke
+ of twelve.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXVIII 238
+
+ In which Archie Armstrong falls in with Bill o' Burnt Bay
+ and Billy Topsail of Ruddy Cove, and makes a speech.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXIX 246
+
+ Billy Topsail is shipped upon conditions, and the
+ _Dictator_, in a rising gale, is caught in a field of
+ drift ice, with a growler to leeward.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXX 255
+
+ In which Archie Armstrong and Billy Topsail have an exciting
+ encounter with a big dog hood, and, at the sound of
+ alarm, leave the issue in doubt, while the ice goes
+ abroad and the enemy goes swimming.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXI 264
+
+ The _Dictator_ charges an ice pan and loses a main topmast.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXII 272
+
+ In which seals are sighted and Archie Armstrong has a
+ narrow chance in the crow's-nest.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXIII 279
+
+ The ice runs red, and, in storm and dusk, Tim Tuttle
+ brews a pot o' trouble for Captain Hand, while Billy
+ Topsail observes the operation.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXIV 287
+
+ In which Tim Tuttle's shaft flies straight for the mark.
+ The crews of the _Dictator_ and _Lucky Star_ declare
+ war, and Captain Hand is threatened with the shame of
+ dishonour, while young Billy Topsail, who has the
+ solution of the difficulty, is in the hold of the ship.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXV 296
+
+ In which the issue is determined.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXVI 302
+
+ It appears that the courage and strength of the son of a
+ colonial knight are to be tried. The hunters are caught
+ in a great storm.
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXVII 308
+
+ In which the men are lost, the _Dictator_ is nipped and
+ Captain Hand sobs, "Poor Sir Archibald!"
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXXVIII 317
+
+ And last: In which wind and snow and cold have their way
+ and death lands on the floe. Billy Topsail gives
+ himself to a gust of wind, and Archie Armstrong finds
+ peril and hardship stern teachers. Concerning, also,
+ a new sloop, a fore-an'-after and a tailor's lay figure.
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ FACING
+ PAGE
+
+ HIS CLOTHES WERE FROZEN STIFF, AND HE HAD TO BEAT THEM ON
+ THE ICE TO SOFTEN THEM _Title_
+
+ BILLY RAISED HIS HAND AS IF TO STRIKE HIM 20
+
+ THEN LIKE A FLASH IT SHOT TOWARDS THE BOAT 38
+
+ "JUMPED LIKE A STAG FOR THE SECOND PAN" 62
+
+ BILLY STAGGERED INTO THE CIRCLE OF LIGHT 82
+
+ "SHE'S LOST," HE THOUGHT. "LOST WITH ALL HANDS" 126
+
+ "MY LITTLE LAD'S WONDERFUL SICK. COME QUICK!" 132
+
+ "IT IS A DEAD W'ALE!" 174
+
+ HE WAS NEAR THE END OF THE SIXTEENTH VERSE 245
+
+ THEN HE ADVANCED UPON THE BOY 261
+
+ "LASH YOUR TOWS, B'YS," SAID BILL. "LEAVE THE REST GO" 305
+
+ "WE'RE SAVED!" SAID BILL 326
+
+
+ The publishers acknowledge the courtesy of _The
+ Youth's Companion_ and _Outing_ for the use of various
+ illustrations appearing originally in these periodicals.
+
+
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF BILLY TOPSAIL
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+ _In Which Young Billy Topsail of Ruddy Cove Puts Out to
+ His First Adventure with His Dog in the Bow of the
+ Punt_
+
+
+FROM the very beginning it was inevitable that Billy Topsail should
+have adventures. He was a fisherman's son, born at Ruddy Cove, which
+is a fishing harbour on the bleak northeast coast of Newfoundland; and
+there was nothing else for it. All Newfoundland boys have adventures;
+but not all Newfoundland boys survive them. And there came, in the
+course of the day's work and play, to Billy Topsail, many adventures.
+The first--the first real adventure in which Billy Topsail was
+abandoned to his own wit and strength--came by reason of a gust of wind
+and his own dog. It was not strange that a gust of wind should overturn
+Billy Topsail's punt; but that old Skipper should turn troublesome in
+the thick of the mess was an event the most unexpected. . . .
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Skipper was a Newfoundland dog, born of reputable parents at Back Arm
+and decently bred in Ruddy Cove. He had black hair, short, straight and
+wiry--the curly-haired breed has failed on the Island--and broad, ample
+shoulders, which his forbears had transmitted to him from generations
+of hauling wood.
+
+He was heavy, awkward and ugly, resembling somewhat a great
+draft-horse. But he pulled with a will, fended for himself, and within
+the knowledge of men had never stolen a fish; so he had a high place
+in the hearts of all the people of the Cove, and a safe one in their
+estimation.
+
+"Skipper! Skipper! Here, b'y!"
+
+The ringing call, in the voice of Billy Topsail, never failed to bring
+the dog from the kitchen with an eager rush, when the snow lay deep on
+the rocks, and all the paths of the wilderness were ready for the sled.
+He stood stock-still for the harness, and at the first "Hi, b'y! Gee up
+there!" he bounded away with a wagging tail and a glad bark. It was as
+if nothing pleased him so much on a frosty morning as the prospect of a
+hard day's work.
+
+If the call came in summer-time when Skipper was dozing in the cool
+shadow of a flake--a platform of boughs for drying fish--he scrambled
+to his feet, took his clog[1] in his mouth and ran, all a-quiver for
+what might come, to where young Billy waited. If the clog were taken
+off, as it was almost sure to be, it meant sport in the water. Then
+Skipper would paw the ground and whine until the stick was flung out
+for him. But best of all he loved to dive for stones.
+
+At the peep of many a day, too, he went out in the punt to the
+fishing-grounds with Billy Topsail, and there kept the lad good company
+all the day long. It was because he sat on the little cuddy in the bow,
+as if keeping a lookout ahead, that he was called Skipper.
+
+"Sure, 'tis a clever dog, that!" was Billy's boast. "He would save
+life--that dog would!"
+
+This was proved beyond doubt when little Isaiah Tommy Goodman toddled
+over the wharf-head, where he had been playing with a squid. Isaiah
+Tommy was four years old, and would surely have been drowned had not
+Skipper strolled down the wharf just at that moment.
+
+Skipper was obedient to the instinct of all Newfoundland dogs to
+drag the sons of men from the water. He plunged in and caught Isaiah
+Tommy by the collar of his pinafore. Still following his instinct, he
+kept the child's head above water with powerful strokes of his fore
+paws while he towed him to shore. Then the outcry which Isaiah Tommy
+immediately set up brought his mother to complete the rescue.
+
+For this deed Skipper was petted for a day and a half, and fed with
+fried caplin and salt pork, to his evident gratification. No doubt he
+was persuaded that he had acted worthily. However that be, he continued
+in merry moods, in affectionate behaviour, in honesty--although the
+fish were even then drying on the flakes, all exposed--and he carried
+his clog like a hero.
+
+"Skipper," Billy Topsail would ejaculate, "you _do_ be a clever dog!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+One day in the spring of the year, when high winds spring suddenly
+from the land, Billy Topsail was fishing from the punt, the _Never
+Give Up_, over the shallows off Molly's Head. It was "fish weather,"
+as the Ruddy Cove men say--gray, cold and misty. The harbour entrance
+lay two miles to the southwest. The bluffs which marked it were hardly
+discernible, for the mist hung thick off the shore. Four punts and a
+skiff were bobbing half a mile farther out to sea, their crews fishing
+with hook and line over the side. Thicker weather threatened and the
+day was near spent.
+
+"'Tis time to be off home, b'y," said Billy to the dog. "'Tis getting
+thick in the sou'west."
+
+Skipper stretched himself and wagged his tail. He had no word to say,
+but Billy, who, like all fishermen in remote places, had formed the
+habit of talking to himself, supplied the answer.
+
+"'Tis that, Billy, b'y," said he. "The punt's as much as one hand can
+manage in a fair wind. An' 'tis a dead beat to the harbour now."
+
+Then Billy said a word for himself. "We'll put in for ballast. The
+punt's too light for a gale."
+
+He sculled the punt to the little cove by the Head, and there loaded
+her with rocks. Her sails, mainsail and tiny jib, were spread, and she
+was pointed for Grassy Island, on the first leg of her beat into the
+wind. By this time two other punts were under way, and the sails of
+the skiff were fluttering as her crew prepared to beat home for the
+night. The _Never Give Up_ was ahead of the fleet, and held her lead in
+such fine fashion as made Billy Topsail's heart swell with pride.
+
+The wind had gained in force. It was sweeping down from the hills in
+gusts. Now it fell to a breeze, and again it came swiftly with angry
+strength. Nor could its advance be perceived, for the sea was choppy
+and the bluffs shielded the inshore waters.
+
+"We'll fetch the harbour on the next tack," Billy muttered to Skipper,
+who was whining in the bow.
+
+He put the steering oar hard alee to bring the punt about. A gust
+caught the sails. The boat heeled before it, and her gunwale was under
+water before Billy could make a move to save her. The wind forced her
+down, pressing heavily upon the canvas.
+
+"Easy!" screamed Billy.
+
+But the ballast of the _Never Give Up_ shifted, and she toppled over.
+Boy and dog were thrown into the sea--the one aft, the other forward.
+Billy dived deep to escape entanglement with the rigging of the boat.
+He had long ago learned the lesson that presence of mind wins half the
+fight in perilous emergencies. The coward miserably perishes where the
+brave man survives. With his courage leaping to meet his predicament,
+he struck out for windward and rose to the surface.
+
+He looked about for the punt. She had been heavily weighted with
+ballast, and he feared for her. What was he to do if she had been too
+heavily weighted? Even as he looked she sank. She had righted under
+water; the tip of the mast was the last he saw of her.
+
+The sea--cold, fretful, vast--lay all about him. The coast was half
+a mile to windward; the punts, out to sea, were laboriously beating
+towards him, and could make no greater speed. He had to choose between
+the punts and the rocks.
+
+A whine--with a strange note in it--attracted his attention. The big
+dog had caught sight of him, and was beating the water in a frantic
+effort to approach quickly. But the dog had never whined like that
+before.
+
+"Hi, Skipper!" Billy called. "Steady, b'y! Steady!"
+
+Billy took off his boots as fast as he could. The dog was coming
+nearer, still whining strangely, and madly pawing the water. Billy was
+mystified. What possessed the dog? It was as if he had been seized
+with a fit of terror. Was he afraid of drowning? His eyes were fairly
+flaring. Such a light had never been in them before.
+
+In the instant he had for speculation the boy lifted himself high in
+the water and looked intently into the dog's eyes. It was terror he
+saw in them; there could be no doubt about that, he thought. The dog
+was afraid for his life. At once Billy was filled with dread. He could
+not crush the feeling down. Afraid of Skipper--the old, affectionate
+Skipper--his own dog, which he had reared from a puppy! It was absurd.
+
+But he _was_ afraid, nevertheless--and he was desperately afraid.
+
+"Back, b'y!" he cried. "Get back, sir!"
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[1] In Newfoundland the law requires that all dogs shall be clogged as
+a precaution against their killing sheep and goats which run wild. The
+clog is in the form of a billet of wood, weighing at least seven and a
+half pounds, and tied to the dog's neck.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+ _Concerning the Behaviour of Billy Topsail and His Dog in
+ the Water When the Never Give Up Went to the Bottom,
+ and Closing With an Apology and a Wag of the Tail_
+
+
+IT chanced that Billy Topsail was a strong swimmer. He had learned to
+swim where the water is cold--cold, often, as the icebergs stranded in
+the harbour can make it. The water was bitter cold now; but he did not
+fear it; nor did he doubt that he could accomplish the long swim which
+lay before him. It was the unaccountable behaviour of the dog which
+disturbed him--his failure in obedience, which could not be explained.
+The dog was now within three yards, and excited past all reason.
+
+"Back, sir!" Billy screamed. "Get back with you!"
+
+Skipper was not deterred by the command. He did not so much as
+hesitate. Billy raised his hand as if to strike him--a threatening
+gesture which had sent Skipper home with his tail between his legs many
+a time. But it had no effect now.
+
+"Get back!" Billy screamed again.
+
+It was plain that the dog was not to be bidden. Billy threw himself on
+his back, supported himself with his hands and kicked at the dog with
+his feet.
+
+[Illustration: BILLY RAISED HIS HAND AS IF TO STRIKE HIM.]
+
+Skipper was blinded by the splashing. He whined and held back. Then
+blindly he came again. Billy moved slowly from him, head foremost,
+still churning the water with his feet. But, swimming thus, he was
+no match for the dog. With his head thrown back to escape the blows,
+Skipper forged after him. He was struck in the jaws, in the throat,
+and again in the jaws. But he pawed on, taking every blow without
+complaint, and gaining inch by inch. Soon he was so close that the lad
+could no longer move his feet freely. Then the dog chanced to catch one
+foot with his paw, and forced it under. Billy could not beat him off.
+
+No longer opposed, the dog crept up--paw over paw, forcing the boy's
+body lower and lower. His object was clear to Billy. Skipper, frenzied
+by terror, the boy thought, would try to save himself by climbing on
+his shoulders.
+
+"Skipper!" he cried. "You'll drown me! Get back!"
+
+The futility of attempting to command obedience from a crazy dog
+struck Billy Topsail with force. He must act otherwise, and that
+quickly, if he were to escape. There seemed to be but one thing to do.
+He took a long breath and let himself sink--down--down--as deep as he
+dared. Down--down--until he retained breath sufficient but to strike to
+the right and rise again.
+
+The dog--as it was made known later--rose as high as he could force
+himself, and looked about in every direction, with his mouth open and
+his ears rigidly cocked. He gave two sharp barks, like sobs, and a
+long, mournful whine. Then, as if acting upon sudden thought, he dived.
+
+For a moment nothing was to be seen of either boy or dog. There was
+nothing but a choppy sea in that place. Men who were watching thought
+that both had followed the _Never Give Up_ to the bottom.
+
+In the momentary respite under water Billy perceived that his situation
+was desperate. He would rise, he was sure, but only to renew the
+struggle. How long he could keep the dog off he could not tell. Until
+the punts came down to his aid? He thought not.
+
+He came to the surface prepared to dive again. But Skipper had
+disappeared. An ejaculation of thanksgiving was yet on the boy's lips
+when the dog's black head rose and moved swiftly towards him. Billy had
+a start of ten yards--or something more.
+
+He turned on his side and set off at top speed. There was no better
+swimmer among the lads of the harbour. Was he a match for a powerful
+Newfoundland dog? It was soon evident that he was not.
+
+Skipper gained rapidly. Billy felt a paw strike his foot. He put more
+strength into his strokes. Next the paw struck the calf of his leg.
+The dog was upon him now--pawing his back. Billy could not sustain the
+weight. To escape, that he might take up the fight in another way, he
+dived again.
+
+The dog was waiting when Billy came up--waiting eagerly, on the alert
+to continue the chase.
+
+"Skipper, old fellow--good old dog!" Billy called in a soothing voice.
+"Steady, sir! Down, sir--back!"
+
+The dog was not to be deceived. He came, by turns whining and gasping.
+He was more excited, more determined, than ever. Billy waited for him.
+The fight was to be face to face. The boy had determined to keep him
+off with his hands until strength failed--to drown him if he could.
+All love for the dog had gone out of his heart. The weeks of close and
+merry companionship, of romps and rambles and sport, were forgotten.
+Billy was fighting for life. So he waited without pity, hoping only
+that his strength might last until he had conquered.
+
+When the dog was within reach Billy struck him in the face. A snarl and
+an angry snap were the result.
+
+Rage seemed suddenly to possess the dog. He held back for a moment,
+growling fiercely, and then attacked with a rush. Billy fought as best
+he could, trying to clutch his enemy by the neck and to force his head
+beneath the waves. The effort was vain; the dog eluded his grasp and
+renewed the attack. In another moment he had laid his heavy paws on the
+boy's shoulders.
+
+The weight was too much for Billy. Down he went; freed himself, and
+struggled to the surface, gasping for breath. It appeared to him now
+that he had but a moment to live. He felt his self-possession going
+from him--and at that moment his ears caught the sound of a voice.
+
+"Put your arm----"
+
+The voice seemed to come from far away. Before the sentence was
+completed, the dog's paws were again on Billy's shoulders and the water
+stopped the boy's hearing. What were they calling to him? The thought
+that some helping hand was near inspired him. With this new courage to
+aid, he dived for the third time. The voice was nearer--clearer--when
+he came up, and he heard every word.
+
+"Put your arm around his neck!" one man cried.
+
+"Catch him by the scruff of the neck!" cried another.
+
+Billy's self-possession returned. He would follow this direction.
+Skipper swam anxiously to him. It may be that he wondered what this
+new attitude meant. It may be that he hoped reason had returned to the
+boy--that at last he would allow himself to be saved. Billy caught the
+dog by the scruff of the neck when he was within arm's length. Skipper
+wagged his tail and turned about.
+
+There was a brief pause, during which the faithful old dog determined
+upon the direction he would take. He espied the punts, which had borne
+down with all speed. Towards them he swam, and there was something
+of pride in his mighty strokes, something of exultation in his whine.
+Billy struck out with his free hand, and soon boy and dog were pulled
+over the side of the nearest punt.
+
+Through it all, as Billy now knew, the dog had only wanted to save him.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+That night Billy Topsail took Skipper aside for a long and confidential
+talk. "Skipper," said he, "I beg your pardon. You see, I didn't know
+what 'twas you wanted. I'm sorry I ever had a hard thought against you,
+and I'm sorry I tried to drown you. When I thought you only wanted to
+save yourself, 'twas Billy Topsail you were thinking of. When I thought
+you wanted to climb atop of me, 'twas my collar you wanted to catch.
+When I thought you wanted to bite me, 'twas a scolding you were giving
+me for my foolishness. Skipper, b'y, honest, I beg your pardon. Next
+time I'll know that all a Newfoundland dog wants is half a chance to
+tow me ashore. And I'll give him a whole chance. But, Skipper, don't
+you think you might have given me a chance to do something for myself?"
+
+At which Skipper wagged his tail.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+ _Describing the Haunts and Habits of Devil-Fish and
+ Informing the Reader of Billy Topsail's Determination
+ to Make a Capture at all Hazards_
+
+
+WHEN the Minister of Justice for the colony of Newfoundland went away
+from Ruddy Cove by the bay steamer, he chanced to leave an American
+magazine at the home of Billy Topsail's father, where he had passed the
+night. The magazine contained an illustrated article on the gigantic
+species of cephalopods[2] popularly known as devil-fish.
+
+Billy Topsail did not know what a cephalopod was; but he did know a
+squid when he saw its picture, for Ruddy Cove is a fishing harbour, and
+he had caught many a thousand for bait. So when he found that to the
+lay mind a squid and a cephalopod were one and the same, save in size,
+he read the long article from beginning to end, doing the best he could
+with the strange, long words.
+
+So interested was he that he read it again; and by that time he had
+learned enough to surprise him, even to terrify him, notwithstanding
+the writer's assurance that the power and ferocity of the creatures had
+generally been exaggerated.
+
+He was a lad of sound common sense. He had never wholly doubted the
+tales of desperate encounters with devil-fish, told in the harbour
+these many years; for the various descriptions of how the long,
+slimy arms had curled about the punts had rung too true to be quite
+disbelieved; but he had considered them somewhat less credible than
+certain wild yarns of shipwreck, and somewhat more credible than the
+bedtime stories of mermaids which the grandmothers told the children of
+the place.
+
+Here, however, in plain print, was described the capture of a giant
+squid in a bay which lay beyond a point of land that Billy could see
+from the window.
+
+That afternoon Billy put out in his leaky old punt to "jig" squid for
+bait. He was so disgusted with the punt--so ashamed of the squat,
+weather-worn, rotten cast-off--that he wished heartily for a new one
+all the way to the grounds. The loss of the _Never Give Up_ had brought
+him to humiliating depths.
+
+But when he had once joined the little fleet of boats, he cheerfully
+threw his grapnel into Bobby Lot's punt and beckoned Bobby aboard.
+Then, as together they drew the writhing-armed, squirting little squids
+from the water, he told of the "big squids" which lurked in the deep
+water beyond the harbour; and all the time Bobby opened his eyes wider
+and wider.
+
+"Is they just like squids?" Bobby asked.
+
+"But bigger," answered Billy. "Their bodies is so big as hogsheads.
+Their arms is thirty-five feet long."
+
+Bobby picked a squid from the heap in the bottom of the boat. It had
+instinctively turned from a reddish-brown to a livid green, the colour
+of sea-water; indeed, had it been in the water, its enemy would have
+had hard work to see it.
+
+He handled it gingerly; but the ugly little creature managed somehow to
+twine its slender arms about his hand, and swiftly to take hold with a
+dozen cup-like suckers. The boy uttered an exclamation of disgust, and
+shook it off. Then he shuddered, laughed at himself, shuddered again. A
+moment later he chose a dead squid for examination.
+
+"Leave us look at it close," said he. "Then we'll know what a real
+devil-fish is like. Sure, I've been wantin' to know that for a long,
+long time."
+
+They observed the long, cylindrical body, flabby and cold, with the
+broad, flap-like tail attached. The head was repulsively ugly--perhaps
+because of the eyes, which were disproportionately large, brilliant,
+and, in the live squid, ferocious.
+
+A group of arms--two long, slender, tentacular arms, and eight
+shorter, thicker ones--projected from the region of the mouth, which,
+indeed, was set in the centre of the ring they formed at the roots.
+They were equipped with innumerable little suckers, were flexible and
+active, and as long as the head, body and tail put together.
+
+Closer examination revealed that there was a horny beak, like a
+parrot's, in the mouth, and that on the under side of the head was a
+curious tube-like structure.
+
+"Oh, that's his squirter!" Billy explained. "When he wants to back up
+he points that forward, and squirts out water so hard as he can; and
+when he wants to go ahead he points it backward, and does the same
+thing. That's where his ink comes from, too, when he wants to make the
+water so dirty nobody can see him."
+
+"What does he do with his beak?"
+
+"When he gets his food in his arms he bites out pieces with his beak.
+He hasn't any teeth; but he's got something just as good--a tongue like
+a rasp."
+
+"I wouldn't like to be cotched by a squid as big as a hogshead," Bobby
+remarked, timidly.
+
+"Hut!" said Billy, grimly. "He'd make short work o' _you_! Why, b'y,
+they weighs half a ton apiece! I isn't much afraid, though," he added.
+"They're only squid. Afore I read about them in the book I used to
+think they was worse than they is--terrible ghostlike things. But
+they're no worse than squids, only bigger, and----"
+
+"They're bad enough for _me_," Bobby interrupted.
+
+"And," Billy concluded, "they only comes up in the night or when
+they're sore wounded and dyin'."
+
+"I'm not goin' out at night, if I can help it," said Bobby, with a
+canny shake of the head.
+
+"If they was a big squid come up the harbour to your house," said
+Billy, after a pause, "and got close to the rock, he could put one o'
+they two long arms in your bedroom window, and----"
+
+"'Tis in the attic!"
+
+"Never mind that. He could put it in the window and feel around for
+your bed, and twist that arm around you, and----"
+
+"I'd cut it off!"
+
+"Anyhow, that's how long they is. And if he knowed you was there, and
+wanted you, he could get you. But I'm not so sure that he _would_ want
+you. He couldn't see you, anyhow; and if he could, he'd rather have a
+good fat salmon."
+
+Bobby shuddered as he looked at the tiny squid in his hand, and thought
+of the dreadful possibilities in one a thousand times as big.
+
+"You leave them alone, and they'll leave you alone," Billy went on.
+"But if you once make them mad, they can dart their arms out like
+lightning. 'Tis time to get, then!"
+
+"I'm goin' to keep an axe in my punt after this," said Bobby, "and if I
+sees an arm slippin' out of the water----"
+
+"'Tis as big as your thigh!" cried Billy.
+
+"Never mind. If I sees it I'll be able to cut it off."
+
+"If I sees one," said Billy, "I'm goin' to cotch it. It said in the
+book that they was worth a lot to some people. And if I can sell mine
+I'm goin' to have a new punt."
+
+But although Bobby Lot and Billy Topsail kept a sharp lookout for giant
+squids wherever they went, they were not rewarded. There was not so
+much as a sign of one. By and by, so bold did they become, they hunted
+for one in the twilight of summer days, even daring to pry into the
+deepest coves and holes in the Ruddy Cove rocks.
+
+Notwithstanding the ridicule he had to meet, Bobby never ventured out
+in the punt without a sharp axe. He could not tell what time he would
+need it, he said; and thus he formed the habit of making sure that it
+was in its place before casting off from the wharf.
+
+As autumn drew near they found other things to think of; the big squids
+passed out of mind altogether.
+
+"Wonderful queer," Billy said, long afterwards, "how things happen when
+you isn't expectin' them!"
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[2] "The early literature of natural history has, from very remote
+times, contained allusions to huge species of cephalopods, often
+accompanied by more or less fabulous and usually exaggerated
+descriptions of the creatures. . . . The description of the 'poulpe,'
+or devil-fish, by Victor Hugo, in 'Toilers of the Sea,' with which so
+many readers are familiar, is quite as fabulous and unreal as any of
+the earlier accounts, and even more bizarre. . . . Special attention
+has only recently been called to the frequent occurrence of these 'big
+squids,' as our fishermen call them, in the waters of Newfoundland and
+the adjacent coasts. . . . I have been informed by many other fishermen
+that the 'big squids' are occasionally taken on the Grand Banks and
+used for bait. Nearly all the specimens hitherto taken appear to have
+been more or less disabled when first observed, otherwise they probably
+would not appear at the surface in the daytime. From the fact that
+they have mostly come ashore in the night, I infer that they inhabit
+chiefly the very deep and cold fiords of Newfoundland, and come to
+the surface only in the night."--From the "Report on the Cephalopods
+of the Northeastern Coast of America," by A. E. Verrill. Extracted
+from a report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, issued by the
+Government Printing Office at Washington. In this report twenty-five
+specimens of the large species taken in Newfoundland are described in
+detail.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+ _Recounting the Adventure of the Giant Squid of Chain
+ Tickle, in Which the Punt Gets in the Grip of a
+ Gigantic Tentacle and Billy Topsail Strikes With an
+ Axe_
+
+
+ONE day late in September--it was near evening of a gray day--Billy
+Topsail and Bobby Lot were returning in Bobby's punt from Birds' Nest
+Islands, whither they had gone to hunt a group of seals, reported
+to have taken up a temporary residence there. They had a mighty,
+muzzle-loading, flintlock gun; and they were so delighted with the
+noise it made that they had exhausted their scanty provision of powder
+and lead long before the seals were in sight.
+
+They had taken the shortest way home. It lay past Chain Hole, a small,
+landlocked basin, very deep, with a narrow entrance, which was shallow
+at low tide. The entrance opened into a broad bay, and was called Chain
+Tickle.
+
+"What's that in the tickle?" Billy exclaimed, as they were rowing past.
+
+It was a black object, apparently floating quietly on the surface of
+the water. The boys gazed at it for a long time, but could make nothing
+of it. They were completely puzzled.
+
+"'Tis a small bit o' wreck, I'm thinkin'," said Bobby. "Leave us row
+close and see."
+
+"Maybe 'tis a capsized punt."
+
+When they were within about thirty yards of the object they lay on
+their oars. For some unaccountable reason they did not care to venture
+nearer. Twilight was then fast approaching. The light was already
+beginning to fail.
+
+"'Tis a wonderful queer thing!" Billy muttered, his curiosity getting
+the better of him. "Row ahead, Bobby. We'll go alongside."
+
+"They's something movin' on it!" Bobby whispered, as he let his oars
+fall in the water. "Look! They's two queer, big, round spots on it--big
+as plates."
+
+Billy thought he saw the whole object move. He watched it closely. It
+_did_ stir! It was some living thing, then. But what? A whale?
+
+A long, snakelike arm was lifted out of the water. It swayed this way
+and that, darted here and there, and fell back with a splash. The
+moving spots, now plainly gigantic eyes, glittered.
+
+"'Tis the devil-fish!" screamed Bobby.
+
+Another arm was lifted up, then a third and a fourth and a fifth. The
+monster began to lash the water--faster and yet more furiously--until
+the tickle was heaving and frothy, and the whole neighbourhood was in
+an uproar.
+
+"Pull! Pull!" cried Bobby.
+
+Billy, too, was in a panic. They turned the head of the punt and pulled
+with all their might. The water swirled in the wake of the boat.
+Perceiving, however, that the squid made no effort to follow, they got
+the better of their fright Then they lay on their oars to watch the
+monster.
+
+They wondered why it still lay in the tickle, why it so furiously
+lashed the water with its arms and great tail. It was Bobby who solved
+the mystery.
+
+"'Tis aground," said he.
+
+That was evidently the situation. The squid had been caught in the
+shallow tickle when the tide, which ran swiftly at that point, was
+on the ebb. The boys took courage. Their curiosity still further
+emboldened them. So once more they turned the punt about and pulled
+cautiously towards the tickle.
+
+There was less light than before, but still sufficient to disclose the
+baleful eyes and writhing arms of the squid when the boat was yet a
+safe distance away. One by one the arms fell back into the water, as if
+from exhaustion; slowly the beating of the tail subsided. After a time
+all sound and motion ceased. The boys waited for some further sign of
+life, but none came. The squid was still, as if dead.
+
+"Sure, he's dead now," said Billy. "Leave us pull close up."
+
+"Oh, no, b'y! He's but makin' believe."
+
+But Billy thought otherwise. "I wants that squid," he said, in a dogged
+way, "and I'm goin' to have him. I'll sell him and get a new punt."
+
+Bobby protested in vain. Nothing would content Billy Topsail but the
+possession of the big squid's body. Bobby pointed out that if the long,
+powerful arms were once laid on the boat there would be no escape. He
+recalled to Billy the harbour story of the horrible death of Zachariah
+North, who, as report said, had been pursued, captured and pulled under
+water by a devil-fish in Gander Bay.[3]
+
+It was all to no purpose, however, for Billy obstinately declared that
+he would make sure of the squid before the tide turned. He admitted
+a slight risk, but he wanted a new punt, and he was willing to risk
+something to obtain it.
+
+[Illustration: THEN LIKE A FLASH IT SHOT TOWARD THE BOAT.]
+
+He proposed to put Bobby ashore, and approach the squid alone; but
+Bobby would not listen. Two hands might be needed in the boat, he said.
+What if the squid were alive, after all? What if it laid hold of the
+punt? In that event, two hands would surely be needed.
+
+"I'll go," he said. "But leave us pull slow. And if we sees so much as
+a wink of his eye we'll pull away."
+
+They rowed nearer, with great caution. Billy was in the bow of the
+boat. It was he who had the axe. Bobby, seated amidships, faced the
+bow. It was he who did the rowing.
+
+The squid was quiet. There was not a sign of life about it. Billy
+estimated the length of its body, from the beak to the point of the
+tail, as twenty feet, the circumference as "the size of a hogshead."
+Its tentacular arms, he determined, must be at least thirty-five feet
+long; and when the boat came within that distance he shuddered.
+
+"Is you sure he's dead?" Bobby whispered, weakly.
+
+"I don't know!" Billy answered, in a gasp. "I thinks so."
+
+Bobby dropped the oars and stepped to the bow of the punt. The boat
+lost way and came to a stop within twenty feet of the squid. Still
+there was no sign of life.
+
+The boys stared at the great, still body, lying quiet in the gathering
+dusk and haze. Neither seemed to feel the slight trembling of the boat
+that might have warned them. Not a word was spoken until Billy, in a
+whisper, directed Bobby to pull the boat a few feet nearer.
+
+"But we're movin' already," he added, in a puzzled way.
+
+The boat was very slowly approaching the squid. The motion was hardly
+perceptible, but it was real.
+
+"'Tis queer!" said Bobby.
+
+He turned to take up the oars. What he saw lying over the port gunwale
+of the boat made him gasp, grip Billy's wrist and utter a scream of
+terror!
+
+"We're cotched!"
+
+The squid had fastened one of its tentacles to the punt. The other was
+poised above the stern, ready to fall and fix its suckers. The onward
+movement of the punt was explained.
+
+Billy knew the danger, but he was not so terrified as to be incapable
+of action. He was about to spring to the stem to strike off the
+tentacle that already lay over the gunwale; but as he looked down to
+choose his step he saw that one of the eight powerful arms was slowly
+creeping over the starboard bow.
+
+He struck at that arm with all his might, missed, wrenched the axe from
+the gunwale, and struck true. The mutilated arm was withdrawn. Billy
+leaped to the stern, vaguely conscious in passing that another arm was
+creeping from the water. He severed the first tentacle with one blow.
+When he turned to strike the second it had disappeared; so, too, had
+the second arm. The boat seemed to be free, but it was still within
+grasp.
+
+In the meantime the squid had awakened to furious activity. It was
+lashing the water with arms and tail, angrily snapping its great beak
+and ejecting streams of black water from its siphon-tube. The water was
+violently agitated and covered with a black froth.
+
+In this the creature manifested fear and distress. Had it not been
+aground it would have backed swiftly into the deep water of the basin.
+But, as if finding itself at bay, it lifted its uninjured tentacle high
+above the boat. Billy made ready to strike.
+
+By this time Bobby had mastered his terror. While Billy stood with
+uplifted axe, his eyes fixed on the waving tentacle overhead, Billy
+heaved mightily on the oars. The boat slowly drew away from that highly
+dangerous neighbourhood. In a moment it was beyond reach of the arms,
+but still, apparently, within reach of the tentacle. The tentacle was
+withdrawn a short distance; then like a flash it shot towards the boat,
+writhing as it came.
+
+Billy struck blindly--and struck nothing. The tentacle had fallen
+short. The boat was out of danger!
+
+ * * * * *
+
+But still Billy Topsail was determined to have the body of the squid.
+Notwithstanding Bobby's pleading and protestation, he would not abandon
+his purpose. He was only the more grimly bent on achieving it. Bobby
+would not hear of again approaching nearer than the boat then floated,
+nor did Billy think it advisable. But it occurred to Bobby that they
+might land, and approach the squid from behind. If they could draw near
+enough, he said, they could cast the grapnel on the squid's back, and
+moor it to a tree ashore.
+
+"Sure," he said, excitedly, "you can pick up a squid from behind, and
+it can't touch you with its arms! It won't be able to see us, and it
+won't be able to reach us."
+
+So they landed. Billy carried the grapnel, which was attached to twelve
+fathoms of line. It had six prongs, and each prong was barbed.
+
+A low cliff at the edge of the tickle favoured the plan. The squid lay
+below, and some twenty feet out from the rock. It was merely a question
+of whether or not Billy was strong enough to throw the grapnel so far.
+They tied the end of the line to a stout shrub. Billy cast the grapnel,
+and it was a strong, true cast. The iron fell fair on the squid's back.
+It was a capture.
+
+"That means a new punt for me," said Billy, quietly. "The tide'll not
+carry _that_ devil-fish away."
+
+"And now," Bobby pleaded, "leave us make haste home, for 'tis growin'
+wonderful dark--and--and there might be another somewhere."
+
+So that is how one of the largest specimens of _Architeuthis
+princeps_--enumerated in Prof. John Adam Wright's latest monograph on
+the cephalopods of North America as the "Chain Tickle specimen"--was
+captured. And that is how Billy Topsail fairly won a new punt; for when
+Doctor Marvey, the curator of the Public Museum at St. John's--who is
+deeply interested in the study of the giant squids--came to Ruddy Cove
+to make photographs and take measurements, in response to a message
+from Billy's father, he rewarded the lad.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[3] Stories of this kind, of which there are many, are doubted by the
+authorities, who have found it impossible to authenticate a single
+instance of unprovoked attack.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+ _On the Face of the Cliff: Wherein Billy Topsail Gets
+ Lost in a Perilous Place and Sits Down to Recover His
+ Composure_
+
+
+IN summer, when there chanced to be no fish, or when no bait was to
+be had, and the fish were not to be jigged, Billy Topsail had idle
+time, which he was not slow to improve for his own amusement. Often
+he wandered on the cliffs and heads near the harbour--not always for
+gulls' eggs: sometimes for sheer love of the sky and space and sunlit
+air. Once, being bound for Breakheart Head, to watch the waves beat on
+the rocks below, he came across old Arch Butt.
+
+"Wonderful sea outside," said the old fisherman. "Wonderful sea, Billy.
+'Tis as big a tumble as ever I seed stirred up in a night."
+
+"An' you'll not be takin' the punt t' the grounds?" Billy asked, in
+surprise.
+
+"I'm not able, lad. 'Tis too much for any paddle-punt. Sure, the sea's
+breakin' right across the tickle. 'Tis so much as a man's life is worth
+t' try t' run out."
+
+"Isn't you got a salmon net off Shag Rock?"
+
+"I is that," Arch answered; "an' I'm wantin' bad t' get to it. 'Tis set
+off the point of Shag Rock, an' I'm thinkin' the sea will wreck it, for
+'tis a wonderful tumble, indeed. 'Tis like I'll not be able t' get out
+afore to-morrow mornin', but I'm hopin' I will."
+
+"An' I hopes you may, Skipper Arch," said Billy.
+
+It was a fine wish, born of the fresh breeze and brightness of the
+day--a word let drop from a heart full of good feeling for all the
+world: nothing more. Yet within a few hours Billy Topsail's life hung
+upon the possibility of its fulfillment.
+
+"Ay," he repeated, "I hopes you may."
+
+Billy Topsail followed the rocky road to the Bath Tub, climbed the
+Lookout, and descended the rough declivity beyond to the edge of the
+sea, meanwhile lifted to a joyous mood by the sunlight and wind and
+cloudless sky. Indeed, he was not sorry he had come; the grim cliffs
+and the jagged masses of rock lying at their feet--the thunder and
+froth where sea met rock--the breaking, flashing water to seaward;
+all this delighted him then, and were not soon forgotten. Best of
+all, the third submerged rock off Shag Cliff--the rock they call the
+Tombstone--was breaking; the greater waves there leaped into the air
+in fountains of froth.
+
+"I 'low I'll get closer t' the Tombstone," thought he.
+
+Thus he was led along the coast to the foot of Shag Cliff. It was a
+hard climb, in which hands and feet were both concerned. There were
+chasms to leap, sharp points to round, great rocks to scale, narrow
+ledges to pass over on the toes of his boots; and all the while the
+breakers were crashing and foaming below him, and now and again
+splashing him with spray.
+
+Had the day been drear, it may be he would not have ventured so far;
+but the sun was out, the day long, the gulls quietly soaring over the
+sea, and on he went, giving no thought whatever to his return.
+
+Once under the cliff, he ventured farther. Detached from it, there lies
+Nanny's Rock, which must long ago have fallen from above; the breakers
+surrounded but did not sweep it when they rose and broke.
+
+His wish to lie there in the sunshine, with the blue sky above him and
+the noise of the water in his ears, led him to dash across the dripping
+space between when the wave fell back, even though he must scramble
+out of the way of the returning water.
+
+In a few minutes he was deep in an enchanting day-dream, which, to his
+subsequent peril, soon changed to sleep.
+
+The tide was rising. A few drops of spray, falling upon his face from a
+great breaker, awoke him. On the instant he was wide awake and looking
+desperately about. Then he laughed to think that the breakers were
+reaching for him--that they would have had him fast in the trap had he
+slept much longer; for, in a glance, he thought he had made sure that
+his escape from the rock was not yet cut off. But his laugh was touched
+with some embarrassment when he found, upon trial, that the sea had
+blocked the path by which he had reached the foot of Shag Cliff.
+
+"I must go 'tother way," he thought.
+
+There was no other way; to right and to left the sea was breaking
+against overhanging juts of rock. He could pass from jut to jut, but he
+could round neither.
+
+"Sure, I'll be late for dinner," he thought; "an' dad won't like it."
+
+It was all very well to exclaim vexatiously, but he was forced to
+abandon the hope of returning by way of the foot of the cliffs. The
+tide had cut him off.
+
+"I'll scale Shag Cliff," he determined.
+
+He was not alarmed; the situation was awkward, but it promised the
+excitement of an adventure, and for a time he was rather glad that he
+had fallen asleep. To scale the two hundred feet of Shag Cliff--that
+was something to achieve! His father would say that he was "narvy," and
+forget that he had kept him from his dinner. Scale Shag Cliff, by all
+means!
+
+He knew well enough that he had but to seek higher ground and wait for
+the tide to fall, if he wanted an unexciting return; but it pleased him
+to make believe that his situation was desperate--that the rising water
+would overwhelm him if he did not escape over the brow of the cliff: an
+indulgence which his imagination did not need half an hour later. When
+he looked up, however, to choose a path of ascent, he found that, from
+where he stood, close against the cliff at the base, there seemed to be
+no path at all.
+
+"I 'low I'll have t' go back t' Nanny's Rock for a better squint," he
+told himself.
+
+Back to Nanny's Rock he went, at no small risk, for the occasional
+flow of foam, which had cut it off from the mainland when first he
+crossed, had swollen to a strait of some depth and strength. He must
+make the leap, but he dreaded it. There was a moment of terror when his
+foot slipped, and he came near falling back into the very claws of the
+breaker which followed him; on that account, perhaps, his survey of
+the face of the cliff was a hurried one, and his return to safe ground
+precipitate and somewhat flurried.
+
+He had seen enough, however, to persuade him that the ascent would be
+comparatively easy for at least a hundred feet, and that, for the rest
+of the way, it would not, probably, be much more difficult.
+
+In point of fact, he knew nothing whatever of what lay beyond the first
+hundred feet. But the element of probability, or rather improbability,
+did not disconcert him. He could at least make a start.
+
+If you have ever climbed about a rocky sea-coast, you will know
+that an ascent may be comparatively simple where a descent is quite
+impracticable; you will know that the unwary may of a sudden reach
+a point where to continue the climb is a nauseating necessity.
+There are times when one regrets the courage that led him into his
+difficulty--the courage or the carelessness, as the case may be.
+
+Experience had long ago taught Billy Topsail that; but the lesson had
+not been severe--there had been no gulf behind him; the whip of life or
+death had not urged him on. Indeed, he had never attempted a climb of
+such height and ugly possibilities in the way of blind leads as Shag
+Cliff, else possibly he should not have made the start with a sense of
+adventure so inspiring.
+
+Up he went--up and still up, his cheeks glowing, his nerves pleasurably
+tingling! Up--up and still up, until he could hear the whiz of gulls'
+wings near him, and the feeling of space below began to try his nerves.
+At last he stopped to rest and look about. Down deep lay the breakers,
+so far off, it seemed, that he marvelled he could hear the roar and
+crash so distinctly.
+
+"An' they says 'tis a hundred feet!" thought he. "Hut! 'Tis two hundred
+if 'tis an inch. An' I isn't but half way up!"
+
+Beyond that point his difficulties began. The cliff was bolder; it was
+almost bare of those little ledges and crevices and projections upon
+which the cliff-climber depends for handhold and foothold. Moreover,
+the path was interrupted from time to time by sheer or overhanging
+rock. When he came to these impassable places, of course, he turned to
+right or left, content with his progress if only he mounted higher and
+higher. Thus he strayed far off the path he had picked out from Nanny's
+Rock; indeed, he was climbing blindly, a thoughtless course, for--had
+he but stopped to think--there was no knowing that the cliff did not
+overhang at the end of the way he had taken.
+
+Meanwhile, time was passing. He had climbed with such caution, retraced
+his steps, changed his course so often that noon was long past. So when
+next he came to a roomy ledge he sat down to rest before proceeding
+farther.
+
+"Wonderful queer!" he thought, after a look about. "But where is I?"
+
+It was a puzzling question. The cliff, projecting below him, cut off
+his view of the breakers; and the rock above, which came to an end in
+blue sky, was of course unfamiliar. At what part of Shag Rock he then
+was he could not tell.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Loses His Nerve. Wherein, also,
+ the Wings of Gulls Seem to Brush Past_
+
+
+"WONDERFUL queer!" thought Billy Topsail. "Lost on a cliff! 'Tis the
+queerest thing I ever knowed."
+
+But that was Billy's case.
+
+"I 'low," he concluded, at last, "that I'd better be goin' up instead
+o' down."
+
+It did not appear that he would be unable to go down; the way up was
+the shorter way, that was all. Nevertheless, his feeling of security
+was pretty well shaken when he again began to climb. His grip was
+tighter, his shrinking from the depths stronger and more frequent; in
+fact, he hugged the rock more than was good for him.
+
+He knew the symptom for an alarming one--it turned him faint when first
+he recognized it--and he tried to fix his attention upon the effort to
+climb higher. But now and again the fear of the space behind and below
+would creep in. Reason told him that the better part was to return;
+but he was in no condition to listen to reason. His whole desire--it
+was fast becoming frantic--was to crawl over the brow of the cliff and
+be safe.
+
+But where was the brow of the cliff? It seemed to him that he had
+climbed a thousand feet.
+
+A few minutes later he caught sight of a shrub; then he knew that he
+was within a few feet of the end of the climb. The shrub--a stunted
+spruce, which he had good reason to remember--was to his right, peeping
+round a projection of rock.
+
+He was then on a ledge, with good foothold and good handhold; and a way
+of return to the shore lay open to him. By craning his neck he made out
+that if he could pass that projection he would reach shelving, broken
+rock, and be safe. Then he studied the face of the rocks between--a
+space of some six feet.
+
+There was foothold there, midway, but he shrank from attempting to
+reach it. He had never thought in his life to try so perilous a
+passage. A survey of the course of a body falling from that point was
+almost more than he could support. Nevertheless, strange as it may
+seem, the waving shrub tempted him to risk something more to end his
+suspense. He summoned courage enough to stretch out his right foot and
+search with his right hand for a hold.
+
+Unfortunately, he found both--a ledge for his foot and a crevice for
+his fingers.
+
+He drew himself over. It took courage and strength, for it was a long
+stretch. Had he been cramped for room, had he not been free to move
+at the starting-point, he could not have managed it. But there he
+was--both feet on a ledge as wide as his feet were long, both hands
+with a comfortable grip on solid rock. He shuffled along until he came
+to the end of the ledge.
+
+His last obstacle now lay before him. He must round the projection
+which divided him from the broken, shelving rock beyond. Had he
+foreseen the slightest difficulty he would not have gone so far. So,
+with confidence, he sought a foothold for his right foot--a crevice for
+the fingers of his right hand.
+
+And he tried again, with confidence unshaken; again, with patience;
+again, with rising fear. There was no hold; the passage was
+impracticable. There was nothing for it but to return.
+
+So he shuffled back to the other end of the ledge. Then, keenly
+regretting the necessity of return, he sought a foothold for his left
+foot--a crevice for the fingers of his left hand. He tried again, in
+some wonder; again, with a rush of fear; again, in abject terror.
+
+To his horror, he found that he could not return. From the narrow ledge
+it was impossible to pass to the wider, although it had been possible
+to pass from the wider to the narrow. For an instant he was on the
+point of toppling back; but he let his body fall forward against the
+face of the cliff, and there he rested, gripping the rock with both
+hands until the faintness passed.
+
+The situation was quite plain to him. He was standing on a ledge, as
+wide as his feet were long, some two or three hundred feet above the
+sea; his face was to the cliff, and he could neither sit down nor turn
+round. There he must stand until--who could tell? In what way could
+relief come to him? Who was to see? Who could hear his cries for help?
+No fishermen were on the grounds--no punts were out of the harbour; the
+sea was too high for that, as he had been told.
+
+There was only one answer to his question. He must stand until--he
+fell.
+
+"Yes," he was courageous enough to admit calmly, "I 'low I got t' go."
+
+That once admitted, his terror of that space behind and below in some
+measure departed. The sun was still shining; the sky--as he knew, for
+he could catch a glimpse of it on each side--was still blue. But soon
+he began to think of the night; then his terror returned--not of the
+present moment, but of the hours of darkness approaching.
+
+Could he endure until night? He thought not. His position was awkward.
+Surely his strength would wear out--his hands weaken, although the
+strain upon them was slight; his legs give way.
+
+Of course he followed the natural impulse to cling to his life as long
+as he could. Thus, while the afternoon dragged along and the dusk
+approached, he stood on the face of the cliff, waiting for the moment
+when his weakening strength would fail and he would fall to his death.
+
+"In an hour," he thought; soon it was, "In half an hour."
+
+Before that last half-hour had passed he felt something brush past
+his back. It frightened him. What was it? Again he felt it. Again it
+startled and frightened him. Then he felt it no more for a time, and he
+was glad of that. He was too dull, perhaps, to dwell upon the mystery
+of that touch. It passed from his mind. Soon he felt it for the third
+time. Was it a wing? He wondered, too, if he had not heard a voice; for
+it seemed to him that some one had hailed him.
+
+When next he heard the sound, he knew that his name had been called.
+He looked up. A rope was hanging over the brow of the cliff, sweeping
+slowly towards him. He could see it, although the light was failing.
+When it came near he extended his right hand behind him and caught it,
+then gave it a tug, in signal to those above that the search was ended.
+Painfully, slowly, for his situation was none too secure, he encircled
+his waist with that stout rope, lashed it fast, shouted, "Haul away!"
+and fainted.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+When Billy Topsail came to his senses, it was to find himself lying
+on the moss, with old Arch, the skipper, leaning over him, and half a
+dozen fishermen gathered round.
+
+"So you did get out to the salmon net?" he muttered.
+
+"Aye," said Arch; "'twas I that seed you hangin' there. Sure, if I
+hadn't had my net set off Shag Rock, and if I hadn't got through the
+tickle to see if 'twas all right, and if----"
+
+Billy shuddered.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Hears the Fur Trader's Story of a
+ Jigger and a Cake of Ice in the Wind_
+
+
+"WOULDN'T think I'd been born on Cherry Hill, would you, now?" said the
+man with the fur cap.
+
+The stranger had been landed at Ruddy Cove from Fortune Harbour. He
+had been in the far north, he said; and he was now waiting for the
+mail-boat to take him south. Billy Topsail and the lads of Ruddy Cove
+cocked their ears for a yarn.
+
+"Fact!" said he, with a nod. "That's where I was born and bred. And do
+you know how I come to be away up here? No? Well, I'm a fur trader. I'm
+the man that bought the skin of that silver fox last winter for thirty
+dollars and sold it for two hundred and fifty. I'd rather be the man
+that bought it from me and sold it in London for six hundred. But I'm
+not."
+
+"And you're bound for home, now?" the old skipper asked.
+
+"Yes," he drawled. "I'm bound home for New York to see the folks. I've
+been away six years, and came nearer to leaving my bones up here in the
+north last spring than ever I did before. I've done some travelling in
+my time. You can take me at my word; I have."
+
+The trader laughed uproariously. He was in a voluble mood. The old
+skipper knew that he needed but little encouragement to tell the story
+of his escape.
+
+"It makes me think about that old riddle of the corked bottle," he
+said. "Ever hear it? This is it: If you had a bottle of ginger ale, how
+would you get the stuff out without breaking the bottle or drawing the
+cork? Can you answer that?"
+
+"The answer doesn't strike me," said the skipper.
+
+"That's just it," the trader burst out. "The way to do it doesn't
+'strike you.' But if you had the bottle in your hands now and wanted
+the ginger ale, it would 'strike' you fast enough to push the cork
+in. Well, that was my case. You think of yourself on a little pan of
+ice, drifting straight out to sea with a strong offshore wind, water
+all round you and no paddle--just think of yourself in that case,
+and a way of getting ashore might not 'strike' you. But once you're
+there--once you're right on that pan of ice, with the hand of death on
+your collar--you'll think like lightning of all the things you can do.
+Yes, that was my case."
+
+The listeners said nothing to interrupt the stocky, hard-featured,
+ill-clad little man while he mused.
+
+"'Don't you be fool enough to try to cross the bay this evening,' says
+I to myself," he went on.
+
+"But I'm a hundred-mile man, and I'd gone my hundred miles. I can
+carry grub on my back to last me just that far; and my grub was out.
+From what I knew of winds and ice, I judged that the ice would be
+four or five miles out to sea by dawn of the next day. So I didn't
+start out with the idea that the trip would be as easy as a promenade
+over Brooklyn Bridge of a moonlight night. Oh, no! I knew what I was
+doing. But it was a question of taking the risk or dragging myself into
+the settlement at Racquet Harbour in three days' time as lean as a
+car-horse from starvation. You see, it was forty miles round that bay
+and four across; and--my grub was out. Many a man loses his life in
+these parts by looking at the question in just that way.
+
+[Illustration: "JUMPED LIKE A STAG FOR THE SECOND PAN."]
+
+"'Oh, no!' says I to myself. 'You'd much better take your chance of
+starving, and walk round.'
+
+"It wasn't in human nature, though, to do it. Not when I knew that
+there was grub and a warm fire waiting for me at Racquet Harbour. Says
+I, 'I'll take the long chance and stand to win.' Don't you run away
+with the idea that the ice was a level field stretching from shore to
+shore, fitting the rocks, and kept as neat as a baseball diamond. It
+wasn't. Some day in the winter the wind had jammed the bay full of big
+rough chunks--they call them pans in this country--and the frost had
+stuck them all together. When the spring came, of course the sun began
+to melt that glue, and the whole floe was just ready to fall apart when
+I had the bad luck to make the coast. I was a day too late. I knew it.
+And I knew that the offshore wind would sweep the ice to sea the minute
+it broke up.
+
+"I made the first hundred yards in ten minutes; the second in fifteen
+more. In half an hour I'd made half a mile. The ice was rough enough
+and flimsy enough to take the nerve out of any man. But that wasn't the
+worst; the worst was that there were hundreds of holes covered with
+a thin crust of snow--all right to look at, but treacherous. I knew
+that if I made the mistake of stepping on a crust instead of solid ice,
+I'd go through and down.
+
+"I had four otter skins, some martens and ten fine fox skins in the
+pack on my back. To do anything in the water with that handicap was
+too much for me. So I wasn't at all particular about making time until
+I found that the night would catch me if I didn't wag along a little
+faster.
+
+"No, sir!" the trader said. "I didn't want to be caught out there in
+the dark.
+
+"By good luck, I struck some big pans about half-way over. Then I took
+to a dog-trot, and left the yards behind me in a way that cheered me
+up. Just before dusk I got near enough to the other side to feel proud
+of myself, and I began to think of what a fool I'd have been if I'd
+taken the shore route. A minute later I changed my mind. I felt the
+pack moving! Well, in a flash I said good-bye to Cherry Hill and the
+boys. Not many men are caught twice in a place like that. They never
+have the second chance.
+
+"There I was, aboard a rotten floe and bound out to the big, lonely
+ocean at the rate of four miles an hour.
+
+"'Oh, you might as well get ready to go, Jim,' thinks I. But I didn't
+give up. I loped along shoreward in a way that didn't take snow crust
+or air-holes into account. And I made the edge of the floe before the
+black hours of the night had come.
+
+"There was a couple of hundred yards of cold water between me and the
+shore.
+
+"'This is the time you think more of your life than your fur,' thinks I.
+
+"There was a stray pan or two--little rafts of things--lying off the
+edge of the floe; and beyond them, scattered between the shore and me,
+half a dozen other pans were floating. How to get from one to the other
+was the puzzle. They were fifty or sixty yards apart, most of them,
+and I had no paddle. It was foolish to think of making a shift with my
+jacket for a sail; the wind was out, not in, and I had no rudder.
+
+"What had I? Nothing that I could think of. It didn't _strike_ me, as
+you say. I wish it had.
+
+"'Anyhow,' says I to myself, 'I'll get as far as I can.'
+
+"It was a short leap from the floe to the first pan. I made it easily.
+The second pan was farther off, but I thought I could jump the water
+between. So I took off my pack and threw it on the ice beside me. It
+almost broke my heart to do it, for I'd walked five hundred miles in
+the dead of winter for that fur; I'd been nearly starved and frozen,
+and I'd paid out hard-earned money. I put down my pack, took a short
+run, and jumped like a stag for the second pan.
+
+"I landed on the spot I'd picked out. I can't complain of missing the
+mark, but instead of stopping there, I shot clear through and down into
+the water.
+
+"Surprised? I was worse than that. I was dead scared. For a minute I
+thought I was going to rise under the ice and drown right there.
+
+"How it happened I don't know; but I came up between the pans, and
+struck out for the one I'd left. I got to the pan, all right, and
+climbed aboard. There I was, on a little pan of ice, beyond reach of
+the floe and leaving the shore behind me, and cold and pretty well
+discouraged.
+
+"There's the riddle of the corked bottle," said the trader,
+interrupting his narrative. "Now how do I happen to be sitting here?"
+
+"I'm sure I can't tell," said the skipper.
+
+"No more you should," said he, "for you don't know what I carried in my
+pack. But you see I had the bottle in my hands, and I wanted the ginger
+ale bad; so I thought fast and hard.
+
+"It struck me that I might do something with my line and jigger.[4]
+Don't you see the chance the barbed steel hooks and the forty fathom of
+line gave me? When I thought of that jigger I felt just like the man
+who is told to push the cork in when he can't draw it out. I'd got back
+to the pan where I'd thrown down my pack, you know; so there was the
+jigger, right at hand.
+
+"It was getting dark by this time--getting dark fast, and the pans were
+drifting farther and farther apart.
+
+"It was easy to hook the jigger in the nearest pan and draw my pan over
+to it; for that pan was five times the weight of the one I was on. The
+one beyond was about the same size; they came together at the half-way
+point. Of course this took time. I could hardly see the shore then, and
+it struck me that I might not be able to find it at all, when I came
+near enough to cast my jigger for it.
+
+"About fifty yards off was a big pan. I swung the jigger round and
+round and suddenly let the line shoot through my fingers. When I hauled
+it in the jigger came too, for it hadn't taken hold. That made me feel
+bad. I felt worse when it came back the second time. But I'm not one of
+the kind that gives up. I kept right on casting that jigger until it
+landed in the right spot.
+
+"My pan crossed over as I hauled in the line. That was all right; but
+there was no pan between me and the shore.
+
+"'All up!' thinks I.
+
+"It was dark. I could see neither pan nor shore. Before long I couldn't
+see a thing in the pitchy blackness.
+
+"All the time I could feel the pan humping along towards the open sea.
+I didn't know how far off the shore was. I was in doubt about just
+where it was.
+
+"'Is this pan turning round?' thinks I. Well, I couldn't tell; but I
+thought I'd take a flier at hooking a rock or a tree with the jigger.
+
+"The jigger didn't take hold. I tried a dozen times, and every time I
+heard it splash the water. But I kept on trying--and would have kept
+on till morning if I'd needed to. You can take me at my word, I'm not
+the kind of fool that gives up--I've been in too many tight places for
+that. So, at last, I gave the jigger a fling that landed it somewhere
+where it held fast; but whether ice or shore I couldn't tell. If shore,
+all right; if ice, all wrong; and that's all I could do about it.
+
+"'Now,' thinks I, as I began to haul in, 'it all depends on the fishing
+line. Will it break, or won't it?'
+
+"It didn't. So the next morning, with my pack on my back, I tramped
+round the point to Racquet Harbour."
+
+"What was it?" was Billy Topsail's foolish question. "Shore or ice?"
+
+"If it hadn't been shore," said the trader, "I wouldn't be here."
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[4] A jigger is a lead fish, about three inches long, which spreads
+into two large barbed hooks at one end; the other end is attached to
+about forty fathoms of stout line. Jiggers are used to jerk fish from
+the water where there is no bait.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+ _In the Offshore Gale: In Which Billy Topsail Goes Seal
+ Hunting and is Swept to Sea With the Floe_
+
+
+WHAT befell old Tom Topsail and his crew came in the course of the
+day's work. Fishermen and seal-hunters, such as the folk of Ruddy Cove,
+may not wait for favourable weather; when the fish are running, they
+must fish; when the seals are on the drift-ice offshore in the spring,
+they must hunt.
+
+So on that lowering day, when the seals were sighted by the watch on
+Lookout Head, it was a mere matter of course that the men of the place
+should set out to the hunt.
+
+"I s'pose," Tom Topsail drawled, "that we'd best get under way."
+
+Bill Watt, his mate, scanned the sky in the northeast. It was heavy,
+cold and leaden; fluffy gray towards the zenith, and black where the
+clouds met the barren hills.
+
+"I s'pose," said he, catching Topsail's drawl, "that 'twill snow afore
+long."
+
+"Oh, aye," was the slow reply, "I s'pose 'twill."
+
+Again Bill Watt faced the sullen sky. He felt that the supreme danger
+threatened--snow with wind.
+
+"I s'pose," he said, "that 'twill blow, too."
+
+"Oh, aye," Topsail replied, indifferently, "snow 'n' blow. We'll know
+what 'twill do when it begins," he added. "Billy, b'y!" he shouted.
+
+In response Billy Topsail came bounding down the rocky path from the
+cottage. He was stout for his age, with broad shoulders, long thick
+arms and large hands. There was a boy's flush of expectation on his
+face, and the flash of a boy's delight in his eyes. He was willing for
+adventure.
+
+"Bill an' me'll take the rodney," Topsail drawled. "I s'pose you
+might's well fetch the punt, an' we'll send you back with the first
+haul."
+
+"Hooray!" cried Billy; and with that he waved his cap and sped back up
+the hill.
+
+"Fetch your gaff, lad!" Topsail called after him. "Make haste! There's
+Joshua Rideout with his sail up. 'Tis time we was off."
+
+"Looks more'n ever like snow," Bill Watt observed, while they waited.
+"I'm thinkin' _'twill_ snow."
+
+"Oh, maybe 'twon't," said Topsail, optimistic in a lazy way.
+
+The ice-floe was two miles or more off the coast; thence it stretched
+to the horizon--a vast, rough, blinding white field, formed of detached
+fragments. Some of the "pans" were acres in size; others were not big
+enough to bear the weight of a man; all were floating free, rising and
+falling with the ground swell.
+
+The wind was light, the sea quiet, the sky thinly overcast. Had it not
+been for the threat of heavy weather in the northeast, it would have
+been an ideal day for the hunt. The punt and the rodney, the latter
+far in the lead, ran quietly out from the harbour, with their little
+sails all spread. From the punt Billy Topsail could soon see the small,
+scattered pack of seals--black dots against the white of the ice.
+
+When the rodney made the field, the punts of the harbour fleet had
+disappeared in the winding lanes of open water that led through
+the floe. Tom Topsail was late. The nearer seals were all marked
+by the hunters who had already landed. The rodney would have to be
+taken farther in than the most venturesome hunter had yet dared to
+go--perilously far into the midst of the shifting pans.
+
+The risk of sudden wind--the risk that the heavy fragments would "pack"
+and "nip" the boat--had to be taken if seals were to be killed.
+
+"We got to go right in, Bill," said Topsail, as he furled the rodney's
+sails.
+
+"I s'pose," was Watt's reply, with a backward glance to the northeast.
+"An' Billy?"
+
+"'Tis not wise to take un in," Topsail answered, hastily. "We'll have
+un bide here."
+
+Billy was hailed, and, to his great disappointment, warned to keep
+beyond the edge of the floe. Then the rodney shot into the lane, with
+Topsail and Bill Watt rowing like mad. She was soon lost to sight.
+Billy shipped his sail and paddled to the edge of the ice, to wait, as
+patiently as might be, for the reappearance of the rodney.
+
+Patience soon gave way to impatience, impatience to anxiety, anxiety to
+great fear for the lives of his father and the mate, for the offshore
+gale was driving up; the blue-black clouds were already high and rising
+swiftly.
+
+At last there came an ominous puff of wind. It swept over the sea from
+the coast, whipping up little waves in its course--frothy little waves,
+that hissed. Heavy flakes of snow began to fall. As the wind rose they
+fell faster, and came driving, swirling with it.
+
+With the fall of the first flakes the harbour fleet came pell-mell from
+the floe. Not a man among them but wished himself in a sheltered place.
+Sails were raised in haste, warnings were shouted; then off went the
+boats, beating up to harbour with all sail set.
+
+"Make sail, lad!" old Elisha Bull shouted to Billy, as his punt swung
+past.
+
+Billy shook his head. "I'll beat back with father!" he cried.
+
+"You'll lose yourself!" Elisha screamed, as a last warning, before his
+punt carried him out of hail.
+
+But Billy still hung at the edge of the ice. His father had said, "Bide
+here till we come out," and "bide" there he would.
+
+He kept watch for the rodney, but no rodney came. Minute after minute
+flew by. He hesitated. Was it not his duty to beat home? There was
+still the fair chance that he might be able to make the harbour. Did
+he not owe a duty to his mother--to himself?
+
+But a crashing noise from the floe brought him instantly to a decision.
+He knew what that noise meant. The ice was feeling the force of the
+wind. It would pack and move out to sea. The lane by which the rodney
+had entered then slowly closed.
+
+In horror Billy watched the great pans swing together. There was now
+no escape for the boat. The strong probability was that she would be
+crushed to splinters by the crowding of the ice; that indeed she had
+already been crushed; that the men were either drowned or cast away on
+the floe.
+
+At once the lad's duty was plain to him. He must stay where he was. If
+his father and Bill Watt managed to get to the edge of the ice afoot,
+who else was to take them off?
+
+The ice was moving out to sea, Billy knew. The pans were crunching,
+grinding, ever more noisily. But he let the punt drift as near as he
+dared, and so followed the pack towards the open, keeping watch, ever
+more hopelessly, for the black forms of the two men.
+
+Soon, so fast did the sea rise, so wild was the wind, his own danger
+was very great. The ice was like a rocky shore to leeward. He began to
+fear that he would be wrecked.
+
+Time and again the punt was nearly swamped, but Billy dared not drop
+the oars to bail. There was something more. His arms, stout and
+seasoned though they were, were giving out. It would not long be
+possible to keep the boat off the ice. He determined to land on the
+floe.
+
+But the sea was breaking on the ice dead to leeward. It was impossible
+to make a landing there, so with great caution he paddled to the right,
+seeking a projecting point, behind which he might find shelter. At last
+he came to a cove. It narrowed to a long, winding arm, which apparently
+extended some distance into the floe.
+
+There he found quiet water. He landed without difficulty at a point
+where the arm was no more than a few yards wide. Dusk was then
+approaching. The wind was bitterly cold, and the snow was thick and
+blinding.
+
+It would not be safe, he knew, to leave the boat in the water, for at
+any moment the shifting pans might close and crush it. He tried to lift
+it out of the water, but his strength was not sufficient. He managed
+to get the bow on the ice; that was all.
+
+"I'll just have to leave it," he thought. "I'll just have to trust that
+'twill not be nipped."
+
+Near by there was a hummock of ice. He sought the lee of it, and there,
+protected from the wind, he sat down to wait.
+
+Often, when the men were spinning yarns in the cottages of Ruddy Cove
+of a winter night, he had listened, open-mouthed, to the tales of
+seal-hunters who had been cast away. Now he was himself drifting out to
+sea. He had no fire, no food, no shelter but a hummock of ice. He had
+the bitterness of the night to pass through--the hunger of to-morrow to
+face.
+
+"But sure," he muttered, with characteristic hopefulness, "I've a boat,
+an' many a man has been cast away without one."
+
+He thought he had better make another effort to haul the boat on the
+ice. Some movement of the pack might close the arm where it floated. So
+he stumbled towards the place.
+
+He stared round in amazement and alarm; then he uttered a cry of
+terror. The open water had disappeared.
+
+"She's been nipped!" he sobbed. "She's been nipped--nipped to
+splinters! I've lost meself!"
+
+Night came fast. An hour before, so dense was the storm, nothing had
+been visible sixty paces away; now nothing was to be seen anywhere.
+Where was the rodney? Had his father and Bill Watt escaped from the
+floe by some new opening? Were they safe at home? Were they still on
+the floe? He called their names. The swish of the storm, the cracking
+and crunching of the ice as the wind swept it on--that was all that he
+heard.
+
+For a long time he sat in dull despair. He hoped no longer.
+
+By and by, when it was deep night, something occurred to distract him.
+He caught sight of a crimson glow, flaring and fading. It seemed to be
+in the sky, now far off, now near at hand. He started up.
+
+"What's that?" he muttered.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+ _In Which Old Tom Topsail Burns His Punt and Billy
+ Wanders in the Night and Three Lives Hang on a Change
+ of the Wind_
+
+
+MEANWHILE, under the powerful strokes of old Tom Topsail and Bill Watt,
+the rodney had followed the open leads into the heart of the floe. From
+time to time Watt muttered a warning; but the spirit of the hunt fully
+possessed Tom, and his only cry was, "Push on! Push on!"
+
+Seal after seal escaped, while the sky darkened. He was only the more
+determined not to go back empty-handed.
+
+"I tells you," Watt objected, "we'll not get out. There's the wind now.
+And snow, man--snow!"
+
+The warning was not to be disregarded. Topsail thought no more about
+seals. The storm was fairly upon them. His only concern was to escape
+from the floe. He was glad, indeed, that Billy had not followed them.
+He had that, at least, to be thankful for.
+
+They turned the boat. Bending to the oars, they followed the lane by
+which they had entered. Confusion came with the wind and the snow. The
+lay of the pans seemed to have changed. It was changing every moment,
+as they perceived.
+
+"Tom," gasped Watt, at last, "we're caught! 'Tis a blind lead we're in."
+
+That was true; the lane had closed. They must seek another exit. So
+they turned the boat and followed the next lane that opened. It, too,
+was blocked.
+
+They tried another, selected at random. In that blinding storm no
+choice was possible. Again disappointment; the lane narrowed to a
+point. They were nearly exhausted now, but they turned instantly to
+seek another way. That way was not to be found. The lane had closed
+behind them.
+
+"Trapped!" muttered Watt.
+
+"Aye, lad," Topsail said, solemnly, "trapped!"
+
+They rested on their oars. Ice was on every hand. They stared into each
+other's eyes.
+
+Then, for the second time, Watt ran his glance over the shores of the
+lake in which they floated. He started, then pointed in the direction
+from which they had come. Topsail needed no word of explanation.
+The ice was closing in. The pressure of the pack beyond would soon
+obliterate the lake. They rowed desperately for the nearest shore.
+
+The ice was rapidly closing in. In such cases, as they knew, it often
+closed with a sudden rush at the end, crushing some pan which for a
+moment had held it in check.
+
+When the boat struck the ice Watt jumped ashore with the painter.
+Topsail, leaping from seat to seat, followed instantly. At that moment
+there was a loud crack, like a clap of thunder. It was followed by a
+crunching noise.
+
+"It's comin'!" screamed Topsail.
+
+"Heave away!"
+
+They caught the bow, lifted it out of the water, and with a united
+effort slowly hauled it out of harm's way. A moment later there was no
+sign of open water.
+
+"Thank God!" gasped Topsail.
+
+By this time the storm was a blizzard. The men had no shelter, and they
+were afraid to venture far from the boat in search of it. Neither
+would permit the other to stumble over the rough ice, chancing its
+pitfalls, for neither cared to be lost from the other.
+
+Now they sat silent in the lee of the upturned boat, with the snow
+swirling about them; again they ran madly back and forth; yet again
+they swung their arms and stamped their feet. At last, do what they
+would, they shivered all the time. Then they sat quietly down.
+
+"I'm wonderful glad Billy is safe home," Watt observed.
+
+"I wisht I was sure o' that," said Topsail. "It looks bad for us, Bill,
+lad. The ice is drivin' out fast, an' I'm thinkin' 'twill blow steady
+for a day. It looks wonderful bad for us, an' I'd feel--easier in me
+mind--about the lad's mother--if I knowed he was safe home."
+
+Late in the night Topsail turned to Watt. He had to nudge him to get
+his attention. "It's awful cold, Bill," he said. "We got the boat, lad.
+Eh? We got the boat."
+
+"No, no, Tom! Not yet! We'd be sure doomed without the boat."
+
+Half an hour passed. Again Topsail roused Watt.
+
+"We're doomed if we don't," he said. "We can't stand it till mornin',
+lad. We can't wait no longer."
+
+[Illustration: BILLY STAGGERED INTO THE CIRCLE OF LIGHT.]
+
+Watt blundered to his feet. Without a word he fumbled in the snow until
+he found what he sought. It was the axe. He handed it to Topsail.
+
+"Do it, Tom!" he said, thickly. "I'm near gone."
+
+Topsail attacked the boat. It was like murder, he thought. He struck
+blow after blow, blindly, viciously; gathered the splinters, made a
+little heap of them and set them afire. The fire blazed brightly. Soon
+it was roaring. The ice all around was lighted up. Above, the snow
+reflected the lurid glow.
+
+Warmth and a cheerful light put life in the men. They crept as close to
+the fire as they could. Reason would shut out hope altogether, but hope
+came to them. Might not the storm abate? Might not the wind change?
+Might not they be picked up? In this strain they talked for a long
+time; and meanwhile they added the fuel, splinter by splinter.
+
+"Father! 'Tis _you_!"
+
+Topsail leaped to his feet and stared.
+
+"'Tis Billy!" cried Watt.
+
+Billy staggered into the circle of light. He stared stupidly at the
+fire. Then he tottered a step or two nearer, and stood swaying; and
+again he stared at the fire in a stupid way.
+
+"I seed the fire!" he mumbled. "The punt's nipped, sir--an' I seed the
+fire--an' crawled over the ice. 'Twas hard to find you."
+
+Tom Topsail and Bill Watt understood. They, too, had travelled rough
+ice in a blizzard, and they understood.
+
+Billy was wet to the waist. That meant that, blinded by the snow or
+deceived by the night, he had slipped through some opening in the ice,
+some crack or hole. The bare thought of that lonely peril was enough to
+make the older men shudder. But they asked him no questions. They led
+him to the fire, prodigally replenished it, and sat him down between
+them. By and by he was so far recovered that he was able to support his
+father's argument that the wind had not changed.
+
+"Oh, well," replied Watt, doggedly, "you can say what you likes; but I
+tells you that the wind's veered to the south. 'Twould not surprise me
+if the pack was drivin' Cape Wonder way."
+
+"No, no, Bill," said Topsail sadly; "there's been no change. We're
+drivin' straight out. When the wind drops the pack'll go to pieces, an'
+then----"
+
+Thus the argument was continued, intermittently, until near dawn. Of a
+sudden, then, they heard a low, far-off rumble. It was a significant,
+terrifying noise. It ran towards them, increasing in volume. It was
+like the bumping that runs through a freight-train when the engine
+comes to a sudden stop.
+
+The pack trembled. There was then a fearful confusion of grinding,
+crashing sounds. Everywhere the ice was heaving and turning. The
+smaller pans were crushed; many of the greater ones were forced on end;
+some were lifted bodily out of the water, and fell back in fragments,
+broken by their own weight. On all sides were noise and awful upheaval.
+The great pan upon which the seal-hunters had landed was tipped
+up--up--up--until it was like the side of a steep hill. There it
+rested. Then came silence.
+
+Bill Watt was right: the wind had changed; the pack had grounded on
+Cape Wonder. The three men from Ruddy Cove walked ashore in the morning.
+
+Billy was the first to run up to the house. He went through the door
+like a gale of wind.
+
+"We're safe, mother!" he shouted.
+
+"I'm glad, dear," said his mother, quietly. "Breakfast is ready."
+
+When Billy was older he learned the trick his mother had long ago
+mastered--to betray no excitement, whatever the situation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+ _How Billy Topsail's Friend Bobby Lot Joined Fortunes
+ With Eli Zitt and Whether or Not he Proved Worthy of
+ the Partnership_
+
+
+RUDDY COVE called Eli Zitt a "hard" man. In Newfoundland, that means
+"hardy"--not "bad." Eli was gruff-voiced, lowering-eyed, unkempt,
+big; he could swim with the dogs, outdare all the reckless spirits of
+the Cove with the punt in a gale, bare his broad breast to the winter
+winds, travel the ice wet or dry, shoulder a barrel of flour; he was a
+sturdy, fearless giant, was Eli Zitt, of Ruddy Cove. And for this the
+Cove very properly called him a "hard" man.
+
+When Josiah Lot, his partner, put out to sea and never came back--an
+offshore gale had the guilt of that deed--Eli scowled more than ever
+and said a deal less.
+
+"He'll be feelin' bad about Josiah," said the Cove.
+
+Which may have been true. However, Eli took care of Josiah's widow and
+son. The son was Bobby Lot, with whom, subsequently, Billy Topsail
+shared the adventure of the giant squid of Chain Tickle. The Cove
+laughed with delight to observe Eli Zitt's attachment to the lad. The
+big fellow seemed to be quite unable to pass the child without patting
+him on the back; and sometimes, so exuberant was his affection, the
+pats were of such a character that Bobby lost his breath. Whereupon,
+Eli would chuckle the harder, mutter odd endearments, and stride off on
+his way.
+
+"He'll be likin' that lad pretty well," said the Cove. "Nar a doubt,
+they'll be partners."
+
+And it came to pass as the Cove surmised; but much sooner than the
+Cove expected. Josiah Lot's widow died when Bobby was eleven years
+old. When the little gathering at the graveyard in the shelter of
+Great Hill dispersed, Eli took the lad out in the punt--far out to the
+quiet fishing grounds, where they could be alone. It was a glowing
+evening--red and gold in the western sky. The sea was heaving gently,
+and the face of the waters was unruffled.
+
+"Bobby, b'y!" Eli whispered. "Bobby, lad! Does you hear me? Don't cry
+no more!"
+
+"Ay, Eli," sobbed Bobby. "I'll cry no more."
+
+But he kept on crying, just the same, for he could not stop; and Eli
+looked away--very quickly--to the glowing sunset clouds. Can't _you_
+tell why?
+
+"Bobby," he said, turning, at last, to the lad, "us'll be partners--you
+an' me."
+
+Bobby sobbed harder than ever.
+
+"Won't us, lad?"
+
+Eli laid his great hand on Bobby's shoulder. Then Bobby took his fists
+out of his eyes and looked up into Eli's compassionate face.
+
+"Ay, Eli," he said, "us'll be partners--jus' you an' me."
+
+From that out, they _were_ partners; and Bobby Lot was known in the
+Cove as the foster son of Eli Zitt. They lived together in Eli's
+cottage by the tickle cove, where Eli had lived alone, since, many
+years before, _his_ mother had left _him_ to face the world for
+himself. The salmon net, the herring seine, the punt, the flake,
+the stage--these they held in common; and they went to the grounds
+together, where they fished the long days through, good friends, good
+partners. The Cove said that they were very happy; and, as always, the
+Cove was right.
+
+One night Eli came ashore from a trading schooner that had put in in
+the morning, smiling broadly as he entered the kitchen. He laid his
+hand on the table, palm down.
+
+"They's a gift for you under that paw, lad," he said.
+
+"For me, Eli!" cried Bobby.
+
+"Ay, lad--for my partner!"
+
+Bobby stared curiously at the big hand. He wondered what it covered.
+"What is it, Eli?" he asked. "Come, show me!"
+
+Eli lifted the hand, and gazed at Bobby, grinning, the while,
+with delight. It was a jack-knife--a stout knife, three-bladed,
+horn-handled, big, serviceable; just the knife for a fisher lad. Bobby
+picked it up, but said never a word, for his delight overcame him.
+
+"You're wonderful good t' me, Eli," he said, at last looking up with
+glistening eyes. "You're _wonderful_ good t' me!"
+
+Eli put his arm around the boy. "You're a good partner, lad," he said.
+"You're a wonderful good partner!"
+
+Bobby was proud of that.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+They put the salmon net out in the spring. The ice was still lingering
+offshore. The west wind carried it out; the east wind swept it in:
+variable winds kept pans and bergs drifting hither and thither, and no
+man could tell where next the ice would go. Now, the sea was clear,
+from the shore to the jagged, glistening white line, off near the
+horizon; next day--the day after--and the pack was grinding against the
+coast rocks. Men had to keep watch to save the nets from destruction.
+
+The partners' net was moored off Break-heart Point. It was a good
+berth, but a rough one; when the wind was in the northeast, the waters
+off the point were choppy and covered with sheets of foam from the
+breakers.
+
+"'Tis too rough t' haul the salmon net," said Eli, one day. "I'll be
+goin' over the hills for a sack o' flour. An' you'll be a good b'y 'til
+I gets back?"
+
+"Oh, ay, sir!" said Bobby Lot.
+
+It was a rough day: the wind was blowing from the north, a freshening,
+gusty breeze, cold and misty; off to sea, the sky was leaden,
+threatening, and overhead dark clouds were driving low and swift with
+the wind; the water was choppy--rippling black under the squalls. The
+ice was drifting alongshore, well out from the coast; there was a berg
+and the wreck of a berg of Arctic ice and many a pan from the bays and
+harbours of the coast.
+
+With the wind continuing in the north, the ice would drift harmlessly
+past. But the wind changed. In the afternoon it freshened and veered to
+the east. At four o'clock it was half a gale, blowing inshore.
+
+"I'll just be goin' out the tickle t' have a look at that ice," thought
+Bobby. "'Tis like it'll come ashore."
+
+He looked the punt over very carefully before setting out. It was wise,
+he thought, to prepare to take her out into the gale, whether or not
+he must go. He saw to it that the thole-pins were tight and strong,
+that the bail-bucket was in its place, that the running gear was fit
+for heavy strain. The wind was then fluttering the harbour water and
+screaming on the hilltops; and he could hear the sea breaking on the
+tickle rocks. He rowed down the harbour to the mouth of the tickle,
+whence he commanded a view of the coast, north and south.
+
+The ice was drifting towards Break-heart Point. It would destroy the
+salmon net within the hour, he perceived--sweep over it, tear it
+from its moorings, bruise it against the rocks. Bobby knew, in a
+moment, that his duty was to put out from the sheltered harbour to the
+wind-swept, breaking open, where the spume was flying and the heave and
+fret of the sea threatened destruction to the little punt. Were he true
+man and good partner he would save the net!
+
+"He've been good t' me," he thought. "Ay, Eli 've been wonderful good
+t' me. I'll be true partner t' him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+ _Bobby Lot Learns to Swim and Eli Zitt Shows Amazing
+ Courage and Self-possession and Strength_
+
+
+WHEN, returning over the hills, Eli Zitt came to the Knob o'
+Break-heart, he saw his own punt staggering through the gray waves
+towards the net off the point--tossing with the sea and reeling under
+the gusty wind--with his little partner in the stern. The boat was
+between the ice and the breakers. The space of open water was fast
+narrowing; only a few minutes more and the ice would strike the rocks.
+Eli dropped on his knees, then and there, and prayed God to save the
+lad.
+
+"O Lard, save my lad!" he cried. "O Lard, save my wee lad!"
+
+He saw the punt draw near the first mooring; saw Bobby loose the sheet,
+and let the brown sail flutter like a flag in the wind; saw him leap to
+the bow, and lean over, with a knife in his hand, while the boat tossed
+in the lop, shipping water every moment; saw him stagger amidships,
+bail like mad, snatch up the oars, pull to the second mooring and cut
+the last net-rope; saw him leap from seat to seat to the stem, grasp
+the tiller, haul taut the sheet, and stand off to the open sea.
+
+"Clever Bobby!" he screamed, wildly excited. "Clever lad! My partner,
+my little partner!"
+
+But the wind carried the cry away. Bobby did not hear--did not know,
+even, that his partner had been a spectator of his brave faithfulness.
+He was beating out, to make sea-room for the run with the wind to
+harbour; and the boat was dipping her gunwale in a way that kept every
+faculty alert to keep her afloat. Eli watched him until he rounded and
+stood in for the tickle. Then the man sighed happily and went home.
+
+"Us'll grapple for that net the morrow," he said, when Bobby came in.
+
+Bobby opened his eyes. "Aye?" he said. "'Tis safe on the bottom. I
+thought I'd best cut it adrift t' save it."
+
+"I seed you," said Eli, "from the Knob. 'Twas well done, lad! You're a
+true partner."
+
+"The knife come in handy," said Bobby, smiling. "'Tis a good knife."
+
+"Aye," said Eli, with a shake of the head. "I bought un for a good one."
+
+And that was all.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Eli set about rearing young Bobby in a fashion as wise as he knew. He
+exposed the lad to wet and weather, as judiciously as he could, to
+make him hardy; he took him to sea in high winds, to fix his courage
+and teach him to sail; he taught him the weather signs, the fish-lore
+of the coast, the "marks" for the fishing grounds, the whereabouts of
+shallows and reefs and currents; he took him to church and sent him to
+Sunday-school. And he taught him to swim.
+
+On the fine days of that summer, when there were no fish to be caught,
+the man and the lad went together to the Wash-tub--a deep, little cove
+of the sea, clear, quiet, bottomed with smooth rock and sheltered from
+the wind by high cliffs; but cold--almost as cold as ice-water. Here
+Bobby delighted to watch Eli dive, leap from the cliff, float on his
+back, swim far out to sea; here he gazed with admiration on the man's
+rugged body--broad shoulders, bulging muscles, great arms and legs. And
+here, too, he learned to swim.
+
+When the warmest summer days were gone, Bobby could paddle about
+the Wash-tub in promising fashion. He was confident when Eli was at
+hand--sure, then, that he could keep afloat. But he was not yet sure
+enough of his power when Eli had gone on the long swim to sea. Eli said
+that he had done well; and Bobby, himself, often said that he could
+swim a deal better than a stone. In an emergency, both agreed, Bobby's
+new accomplishment would be sure to serve him well.
+
+"Sure, if the punt turned over," Bobby innocently boasted, "I'd be able
+t' swim 'til you righted her."
+
+That was to be proved.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"Eli, b'y," said old James Blunt, one day in the fall of the year, "do
+you take my new dory t' the grounds t'-day. Sure, I'd like t' know how
+you likes it."
+
+Old James had built his boat after a south-coast model. She was a dory,
+a flat-bottomed craft, as distinguished from a punt, which has a round
+bottom and keel. He was proud of her, but somewhat timid; and he wanted
+Eli's opinion of her quality.
+
+"'Tis a queer lookin' thing!" said Eli. "But me an' my partner'll try
+she, James, just for luck."
+
+That afternoon a fall gale caught the dory on the Farthest Grounds--far
+out beyond the Wolf's Teeth Reef. It came from the shore so suddenly
+that Eli could not escape it. So it was a beat to harbour, with the
+wind and sea rising fast. Off the Valley, which is half a mile from the
+narrows, a gust came out between the hills--came strong and swift. It
+heeled the dory over--still over--down--down until the water poured in
+over the gunwale. Eli let go the main-sheet, expecting the sail to fall
+away from the wind and thus ease the boat. But the line caught in the
+block. Down went the dory--still down. And of a sudden it capsized.
+
+When Bobby came to the surface, he began frantically to splash the
+water, momentarily losing strength, breath and self-possession. Eli
+was waiting for him, with head and shoulders out of the water, like an
+eager dog as he waits for the stick his master is about to throw. He
+swam close; but hung off for a moment--until, indeed, he perceived that
+Bobby would never of himself regain his self-possession--for he did not
+want the boy to be too soon beholden to him for aid. Then he slipped
+his hand under Bobby's breast and buoyed him up.
+
+"Partner!" he said, quietly. "Partner!"
+
+Bobby's panic-stricken struggles at once ceased; for he had been used
+to giving instant obedience to Eli's commands. He looked in Eli's
+dripping face.
+
+"Easy, partner," said Eli, still quietly. "Strike out, now."
+
+Bobby smiled, and struck out, as directed. In a moment he was swimming
+at Eli's side.
+
+"Take it easy, lad," Eli continued. "Just take it easy while I rights
+the boat. It's all right. I'll have you aboard in a jiffy. Is you--is
+you--all right, Bobby?"
+
+"Aye," Bobby gasped.
+
+Eli waited for a moment longer. He was loath to leave the boy to take
+care of himself. Until then he had not known how large a place in his
+heart his little partner filled, how much he had come to depend upon
+him for all those things which make life worth while. He had not known,
+indeed, how far away from the old, lonely life the lad had led him. So
+he waited for a moment longer, watching Bobby. Then he swam to the
+overturned dory, where, after an anxious glance towards the lad, he
+dived to cut away the gear--and dived again, and yet again; watching
+Bobby all the time he was at the surface for breath.
+
+The gear cut away, the mast pulled from its socket, Eli righted the
+boat. It takes a strong man and clever swimmer to do that; but Eli was
+clever in the water, and strong anywhere. Moreover, it was a trick he
+had learned.
+
+"Come, Bobby, b'y!" he called.
+
+Bobby swam towards the boat. Eli swam to meet him, and helped him over
+the last few yards of choppy sea, for the lad was almost exhausted.
+Bobby laid a hand on the bow of the dory. Then Eli pulled off one of
+his long boots, and swam to the stern, where he began cautiously to
+bail the boat. When she was light enough in the water, he helped Bobby
+aboard, and Bobby bailed her dry.
+
+"Ha, lad!" Eli ejaculated, with a grin that made his face shine. "You
+is safe aboard. How is you, b'y?"
+
+"Tired, Eli," Bobby answered.
+
+"You bide quiet where you is," said Eli. "I'll find the paddles; an'
+I'll soon have you home."
+
+Eli's great concern had been to get the boy out of the water. He had
+cared for little else than that--to get him out of the reach of the
+sea. And now he was confronted by the problem of making harbour. The
+boat was slowly drifting out with the wind; the dusk was approaching;
+and every moment it was growing more difficult to swim in the choppy
+sea. It took him a long time to find the paddles.
+
+"Steady the boat, Bobby," he said, when the boy had taken the paddles
+into the dory. "I'm comin' aboard."
+
+Eli attempted to board the dory over the bow. She was tossing about in
+a choppy sea; and he was not used to her ways. Had she been a punt--his
+punt--he would have been aboard in a trice. But she was not his
+punt--not a punt, at all; she was a new boat, a dory, a flat-bottomed
+craft; he was not used to her ways. Bobby tried desperately to steady
+her while Eli lifted himself out of the water.
+
+"Take care, Eli!" he screamed. "She'll be over!"
+
+Eli got his knee on the gunwale--no more than that. A wave tipped the
+boat; she lurched; she capsized. And again Eli waited for Bobby to
+come to the surface of the water; again buoyed him up; again gave him
+courage; again helped him to the boat; again bailed the boat--this time
+with one of Bobby's boots--and again helped Bobby aboard.
+
+"I'm wonderful tired, Eli," said Bobby, when the paddles were handed
+over the side for the second time. "I'm fair' done out."
+
+"'Twill be over soon, lad. I'll have you home by the kitchen fire in
+half an hour. Come, now, partner! Steady the boat. I'll try again."
+
+Even more cautiously Eli attempted to clamber aboard. Inch by inch he
+raised himself out of the water. When the greater waves ran under the
+boat, he paused; when she rode on an even keel, he came faster. Inch by
+inch, humouring the cranky boat all the time, he lifted his right leg.
+But he could not get aboard. Again, when his knee was on the gunwale,
+the dory capsized.
+
+For the third time the little partner was helped aboard and given a
+boot with which to bail. His strength was then near gone. He threw
+water over the side until he could no longer lift his arms.
+
+"Eli," he gasped, "I can do no more!"
+
+Eli put his hand on the bow, as though about to attempt to clamber
+aboard again. But he withdrew it.
+
+"Bobby, b'y," he said, "could you not manage t' pull a bit with the
+paddles. I'll swim alongside."
+
+Bobby stared stupidly at him.
+
+Again Eli put his hand on the bow. He was in terror of losing Bobby's
+life. Never before had he known such dread and fear. He did not dare
+risk overturning the boat again; for he knew that Bobby would not
+survive for the fourth time. What could he do? He could not get aboard,
+and Bobby could not row. How was he to get the boy ashore? His hand
+touched the painter--the long rope by which the boat was moored to the
+stage. That gave him an idea: he would tow the boat ashore!
+
+So he took the rope in his teeth, and struck out for the tickle to the
+harbour!
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"'Twas a close call, b'y," said Eli, when he and Bobby sat by the
+kitchen fire.
+
+"Ay, Eli; 'twas a close call."
+
+"A _wonderful_ close call!" Eli repeated, grinning. "The closest I ever
+knowed."
+
+"An' 'twas too bad," said Bobby, "t' lose the gear."
+
+Eli laughed.
+
+"What you laughin' at?" Bobby asked.
+
+"I brought ashore something better than the gear."
+
+"The dory?"
+
+"No, b'y!" Eli roared. "My little partner!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+ _Containing the Surprising Adventure of Eli Zitt's
+ Little Partner on the Way Back from Fortune Harbour,
+ in Which a Newfoundland Dog Displays a Saving
+ Intelligence_
+
+
+BOBBY LOT, Eli Zitt's little partner, left his dog at home when he set
+out for Fortune Harbour in Eli's punt. He thought it better for the
+dog. He liked company, well enough, did Bobby; but he loved his dog.
+Why expose the lazy, fat, old fellow, with his shaky legs and broken
+teeth, to an attack in force by the pack of a strange harbour?
+
+The old dog's fighting days were over. He had been a mighty, masterful
+beast in his prime; and he had scarred too many generations of the
+Ruddy Cove pack to be molested now as he waddled about the roads and
+coves where his strength and courage had been proved. But the dogs of
+Fortune Harbour knew nothing of the deeds he had done; and an air of
+dignity, a snarl and a show of yellow teeth would not be sufficient to
+discourage the yelping onset.
+
+"They'd kill him," thought the master.
+
+So the lad determined to leave his dog at home, and it was well for him
+that he did.
+
+"Go back, Bruce!" he cried, as he pushed out from Eli Zitt's wharf-head.
+
+But Bruce slipped into the water from the rocks, and swam after the
+boat, a beseeching look in the eyes which age had glazed and shot with
+blood. He was not used to being left at home when Bobby pushed out in
+the punt.
+
+"Go home, b'y!" cried Bobby, lifting an oar.
+
+The threatening gesture was too much for Bruce. He raised himself in
+the water and whined, then wheeled about and paddled for shore.
+
+"Good dog!" Bobby called after him.
+
+In response, the water in the wake of the dog was violently agitated.
+He was wagging his tail. Thus he signified a cheerful acquiescence.
+
+"He'll be wonderin' why he've been sent back," thought Bobby. "'Tis too
+bad we can't tell dogs things like that."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Bobby had a message for Sammy Tompkins. It was about the great run of
+cod at Good Luck Tickles, the news of which had reached Ruddy Cove that
+morning. But old Sammy was on the Black Fly fishing grounds when the
+lad got to Fortune Harbour. It was growing dark when he got in for the
+night. So Bobby chanced to be late starting home.
+
+The wind had fallen away to a breathless calm; the sky was thickly
+overcast, and a thin mist lay between the gloomy clouds and the sea's
+long, black ground-swell. Bobby had not pulled through four of the six
+miles before sea and sky and rocky coast were melted into one vast,
+deep shadow, except where, near at hand, the bolder headlands were to
+be distinguished by one who knew them well.
+
+"I wonder," Bobby thought, "if I'll get home before mornin'. 'Tis hard
+t' say. I might have t' lie out here all night. Sure, I hope it gets no
+thicker."
+
+He rowed on towards Ruddy Cove, taking new bearings from time to time
+as the deeper shadows of the headlands loomed out of the dark of the
+night. Thus, he followed the coast, making with great caution for the
+narrow entrance to the inner harbour, which invariably was hard to find
+at night or in the fog.
+
+The sea was breaking against the rocks. The noise was loud in Bobby's
+ears, and served to guide him at such times as the headlands were
+indistinguishable from the clouds. His progress was slow and cautious;
+for he knew the dangers of the way he must take.
+
+There was a line of submerged rocks--The Wrecker, Old Moll and
+Deep Down--lying out from Iron Head, directly in his path. That
+neighbourhood was a neighbourhood of danger. When the lad caught sight
+of the strange outline of Iron Head, he swerved the bow of the boat to
+sea and paddled out. He wanted to make sure of rounding Deep Down, the
+outermost rock--of giving it a wide berth.
+
+But the night and the noise of the breakers confused him. He could not
+tell whether or not he had gone far enough. At length he decided that
+he must be safely beyond the rock. But where was Deep Down? Often he
+paused to turn and look ahead. Every glance he cast was more anxious
+than the one before. He was getting nervous.
+
+"'Tis hard t' tell if the sea is breakin' on Deep Down," he said to
+himself. "Sure, it must be, though."
+
+It was important to know that. Sometimes only the larger swells curl
+and break as they roll over Deep Down. Bobby knew that just such a sea
+was running then. Had it been daylight, the green colour and the slight
+lifting of the water would have warned him of the whereabouts of that
+dangerous reef. But it was night; the spray, as the wave was broken and
+flung into the air, and the swish and the patter, as the water fell
+back, were the signs he was on the lookout for.
+
+If, then, the waves broke only at long intervals, the punt might at any
+moment be lifted and overturned. It might even then be floating over
+the rock. Bobby's heart beat faster when the greater swells slipped
+under the boat. Would they break beneath him? Would they break near
+at hand? He paddled slowly. It was better to be cautious, he thought,
+until he had Deep Down located. So he listened and looked as he paddled
+on.
+
+At last he heard the significant swish and patter. He flashed about to
+look ahead. But he was too late. The spray had fallen and disappeared.
+
+"'Tis somewheres near," he thought, "and 'tis breakin'. But whether t'
+port or starboard, I don't know."
+
+Again--and apparently from another quarter--he heard the noise of
+a breaking wave. He turned in time to catch sight of a gleam of
+phosphorescence off the port bow.
+
+"If that's Deep Down," he thought, "I'm safe. But if 'tis Old Moll or
+The Wrecker, I'm somewheres over Deep Down. I wisht I knowed which it
+was."
+
+What was it? The Wrecker, Old Moll or Deep Down? Which one of the three
+rocks that lay in a line off Iron Head?
+
+"I wisht I knowed," Bobby muttered, as he bent anew to the oars.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+In the meantime, old Sol Sludge, of Becky Sharpe's cove, which lies
+beyond Iron Head, had started for Ruddy Cove by the goat paths to
+tell Skipper John Matthews that he would take a berth in the schooner
+_Rescue_ when she got back from the Labrador.
+
+He had a candle-lantern to light the way. When he had crossed the Head
+and was bound down the valley to meet the Ruddy Cove road, he heard a
+cry for help. It came from the sea, with a soft southwest wind which
+had sprung up--a sharp "Help! Help!" ringing out of the darkness again
+and again. Old Sol listened stupidly, until, as from exhaustion, the
+cries turned hoarse and weak.
+
+"Now, I wonder who's out there," the dull old fellow thought. "It
+sounded like a woman's voice. Sure, it may be the spirit o' Mary Rutt.
+She was drowned off Iron Head."
+
+Nevertheless, he made haste to Ruddy Cove--all the haste his old legs
+and dim sight would permit--and told the folk that he had heard the cry
+of a spirit drift in from the sea off Iron Head. But nobody believed
+that.
+
+Who was in the water off Iron Head? was the question that passed from
+cottage to cottage. Was it Billy Topsail? No; for Billy told the folk
+in person that he had come in from the grounds at twilight. Was it
+Josiah Seaworthy? No; for Josiah's wife said that he had gone by way of
+Crooked Tickle to Burnt Harbour.
+
+Who was it? Had Eli Zitt's little partner got back from Fortune
+Harbour? When Eli Zitt heard of that cry for help he knew that Bobby's
+punt had been overturned on one of the Iron Head rocks. Like a woman's
+voice? That surely was Bobby's--that clear, full voice. So he called
+for a crew to man the skiff, and in five minutes he was ready to push
+off.
+
+Old Bruce jumped aboard.
+
+"Get out with you!" said Bill Watt, aiming a kick at him by the light
+of the lantern.
+
+"Sc-ctt!" cried old Tom Topsail.
+
+But Bruce was a practiced stowaway. He slunk forward, and found a
+refuge under the bow seat.
+
+"Push off, lads!" Eli shouted. "Give way!"
+
+In ten minutes the skiff had passed from the harbour to the sea. Eli
+Zitt, who worked the scull oar, turned her bow towards the Iron Head
+rocks. It was dark; but he had fished those waters from boyhood, and he
+knew the way, daylight or dark.
+
+Dark it was, indeed! How was Bobby to be found in that great shadow? He
+was a water-dog, was Bobby; but there was a limit to his endurance, and
+half an hour at least had passed since old Sol Sludge had heard his cry
+for help.
+
+A long search meant failure. He must be found soon or he would not be
+found at all. On went the boat, the water curling from her bows and
+swirling in her wake. The phosphorescence flashed and glowed as the
+oars were struck deep and lifted.
+
+"He'll be swimmin' in," Bill Watt panted, when the skiff had covered
+half the distance to Deep Down. "They's no place for him t' land with
+this sea on. We ought t' meet him hereabouts."
+
+"If he's afloat," Topsail added.
+
+"Oh, he's afloat yet," Eli said, confidently. "He's a strong swimmer,
+that lad is."
+
+"I'm thinkin' he'll be nearer shore," said Bill Watt.
+
+"No, no! He's further out an' on."
+
+"Bobby!" Topsail shouted. "Oh, Bobby!"
+
+There was no reply. For a moment the rowers lifted their oars from the
+water. Silence was all about--from the boat to the shore rocks, where
+the waves were breaking. The cries for help had ceased.
+
+"Gone down," Bill Watt muttered.
+
+The men gave way again. Again they paused to call Bobby's name, and to
+listen, with anxious hearts, for some far-off, answering cry. Again
+they gave way. Again they called and called, but heard no answer.
+
+"Gone down," Bill Watt repeated.
+
+"Give way, lads!" cried Eli. "He's further out."
+
+Old Bruce came out from hiding. He crawled to the stern seat and
+sniffed to windward. Then, with his nose pointed astern, he began to
+howl.
+
+"Shut up, you!" Topsail exclaimed.
+
+But Bruce could not be quieted--not even after Topsail's boot had
+caught him in the side and brought a sharp howl of pain. Still he
+sniffed to windward and barked.
+
+"Throw him over," said Bill Watt. "We'll not be able t' hear Bobby."
+
+"Oh, if 'twas only light!" Eli groaned, not heeding Watt.
+
+But it was dark. The water was covered with deepest shadow. Only the
+breakers and the black outline of Iron Head could be seen. Bobby might
+be swimming near at hand but too far off to send an audible shout for
+help.
+
+"Bobby--oh--Bobby!"
+
+If a cry in answer had gone up, the barking of the dog drowned it. The
+dog must be quieted.
+
+"Push the brute over!" said Watt.
+
+Watt himself dropped his oar and stepped to the stern. He took Bruce
+unaware and tumbled him into the water. The old dog made no protest. He
+whined eagerly and swam out from the boat--a straight course astern.
+
+"Now, what did he do that for?" mused Watt.
+
+"That's queer," said Topsail.
+
+Eli looked deep into the night. The dog left a luminous wake. Beyond,
+in the direction the dog had taken, the man caught sight of a
+phosphorescent glow. Watt saw it at the same moment.
+
+"What's that?" said he. "They's fiery water, back there!"
+
+"Man," cried Eli, "the dog knowed! Sure, it must be Bobby, swimmin'
+up, an' too beat out t' cry. Fetch her about, lads. We're on the wrong
+course. Haste! He'll not be able t' last much longer."
+
+Eli was right. The dog _had_ known. It was Bobby. When they picked him
+up he was too much exhausted to speak. It was afterwards learned that
+he had mistaken the spray of the Old Moll breaker for Deep Down and had
+been turned over by the outer rock when he thought himself safe. He had
+heard the call of his name, and had seen the lantern of the rescuing
+skiff, as it drew near; but, long before, he had worn his voice out
+with screaming for help, and could make no answer. He had heard the
+barking of Bruce, too; had known its significance, and had wondered
+whether or not the dog would be understood. But all that he could say,
+when they lifted him aboard--and that in a hoarse, weak whisper--was:
+
+"Bruce!"
+
+At that moment the crew heard a piteous whine near at hand. It was Bill
+Watt who pulled the exhausted old dog over the gunwale.
+
+"Good dog!" said he.
+
+And so said they all.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Sets Sail for the Labrador, the
+ Rescue Strikes an Iceberg, and Billy is Commanded to
+ Pump for His Life_
+
+
+IT was early in the spring--a time of changeable weather when, in
+the northern seas, the peril of drift-ice, bergs, snow, wind and the
+dark must sometimes be met with short warning. The schooner _Rescue_,
+seventy tons, Job Small, master, had supplied the half-starved Labrador
+fishermen with flour and pork, and was bound back to Ruddy Cove, in
+ballast, to load provisions and shop goods for the straits trade.
+
+Billy Topsail was aboard. "I 'low, dad," he had said to his father,
+when the skipper of the _Rescue_ received the Government commission to
+proceed North with supplies, "that I'd like t' _see_ the Labrador."
+
+"You'll see it many a time, lad," his father had replied, "afore you're
+done with it."
+
+"An' Skipper Job," Billy had persisted, "says he'll take me."
+
+The end of it was that Billy was shipped.
+
+The _Rescue_ had rounded the cape at dawn, with all sails set, even
+to her topmast-staysail, which the Newfoundlanders call the "Tommy
+Dancer"; but now, with the night coming down, she was laboriously
+beating into a head wind under jib and reefed mainsail.
+
+"I'm fair ashamed t' have the canvas off her," said Skipper Job, after
+a long look to windward. "'Tis no more than a switch, an' we're clewed
+up for a snorter."
+
+"They's no one t' see, sir," said the cook. "That's good; an' sure I
+hopes that nothin' heaves in sight t' shame us."
+
+"Leave us shake the reef out o' the mains'l, sir, an' give her the
+fores'l," said the first hand.
+
+"We're not in haste, b'y," the skipper replied. "She's doin' well as
+she is. We'll not make harbour this night, an' I've no mind t' be in
+the neighbourhood o' the Break-heart Rocks afore mornin'. Let her bide."
+
+The weather thickened. With the night came a storm of snow in heavy
+flakes, which the wind swept over the deck in clouds. There was nothing
+to relieve the inky darkness. The schooner reeled forth and back on the
+port and starboard tacks, beating her way south as blind as a bat.
+There was no rest for the crew. The skipper was at the wheel, the first
+hand on the lookout forward, the cook and the two other hands standing
+by on deck for emergencies.
+
+So far as the wind, the sea and the drift-ice were concerned, the
+danger was slight, for the _Rescue_ was stoutly built; but the sea
+was strewn with vast fields and mountains of Arctic ice,--the glacier
+icebergs which drift out of the north in the spring--and in their
+proximity, in their great mass and changing position, lay a dreadful
+danger.
+
+"Sure, I wisht you could chart icebergs," said the skipper to the cook.
+"But," he added, anxiously, "you can't. They moves so fast an' so
+peculiar that--that--well, I wisht they didn't."
+
+"I wisht they wasn't none," said the cook.
+
+"Ay, lad," said the skipper. "But they might be a wonderful big one
+sixty fathom dead ahead at this minute. We couldn't see it if they was."
+
+"I hopes they isn't, sir," said the cook, with a shiver.
+
+The snow ceased before morning; but at the peep of dawn a thick fog
+came up with the wind, and when the light came it added nothing to the
+range of vision from the bow. The night had been black; the dawn was
+gray. It was so thick that the man at the wheel could not see beyond
+the foremast. The lookout was lost in the fog ahead. Eyes were now of
+no more use than in the depths of a cloudy night.
+
+But the schooner had weathered the night; and when the first light of
+day broke in the east, Skipper Job gave the wheel to the second hand,
+and went below with the cook to have a cup of tea.
+
+"I've no mind t' lose her," said he, "so I'll leave her bowl along
+under short sail. If we strike, 'twill be so much the easier."
+
+"'Twould be a sad pity t' lose her," said the cook, "when you've got
+her so near paid for."
+
+"Ay, that's it," said the skipper.
+
+The _Rescue_ had been built for young Skipper Job, after Skipper Job's
+own model, by the Ruddy Cove trader. The trader was to share in the
+voyages--whether for Labrador fish or in the Shore trade--until she was
+paid for. Then she would belong to Skipper Job--to the young skipper,
+who had married the parson's daughter, and now had a boy of his own for
+whom to plan and dream.
+
+That was the spring of his energy and caution--that little boy, who
+could no more than toddle over the kitchen floor and gurgle a greeting
+to the lithe young fellow who bounded up the path to catch him in his
+arms. The schooner was the fortune of the lad and the mother; and she
+was now all so nearly Job's own that another voyage or two--a mere four
+months--might see the last dollar of the obligation paid over.
+
+"No," Skipper Job repeated, absently, when he had thought of the
+toddler and the tender, smiling mother, "I've no mind t' lose this here
+schooner."
+
+Job dreamed of the lad while he sipped his tea. They must make a parson
+of him, if he had the call, the skipper thought; or a doctor, perhaps.
+Whatever, that baby must never follow the sea. No, no! He must never
+know the hardship and anxiety of such a night as that just past. He
+must be----
+
+A scream of warning broke into the dream:
+
+"Har-rd-a-lee!"
+
+Skipper Job heard the fall of the feet of a man leaping back from the
+bow. There was meaning in the step, in the haste and length of the
+leaps--the imminence of a collision with the ice.
+
+"All hands!"
+
+The skipper had no more than leaped to his feet when there was a
+stunning crash overhead, followed on the instant by a shock that
+stopped the schooner dead and made her quiver from stem to stern. The
+bowsprit was rammed into the forecastle, the deck planks were ripped
+up, the upper works of the bows were crushed in, the cook's pots and
+pans were tumbled about, the lamp was broken and extinguished. Job was
+thrown from his feet.
+
+When he recovered, it was to the horror of this darkness and
+confusion--to a second crash and shock, to screams and trampling
+overhead, and to a rain of blows upon the deck. He cried to the cook to
+follow him on deck, and felt his way in mad haste to the ladder; but
+there he stopped, of a sudden, with his foot on the lowest step, for
+the cook had made no reply.
+
+"Cook, b'y!" he shouted.
+
+There was no answer. It was apparent that the man had been killed or
+desperately injured. The skipper knew the danger of delay. They had
+struck ice; the berg might overturn, some massive peak might topple
+over, the ship might fill and sink. But, as a matter of course, and
+with no thought of himself as a hero, he turned and made a groping
+search for the cook, until he found the poor fellow lying unconscious
+among his own pots and pans. Thence he carried him to the deck, and
+stretched him out on the fore hatch, with the foreboom and sail to
+protect him from the fragments of ice, which fell as in a shower each
+time the schooner struck the berg.
+
+Billy Topsail caught the skipper by the arm in a strong grip.
+
+"We're lost!" he cried.
+
+The roaring wind, the hiss of the seas, the shock and wreck, the
+sudden, dreadful peril, had thrown the lad into a panic. The skipper
+perceived his distress, and acted promptly to restore him to his
+manhood.
+
+"Leave me free!" he shouted, with a scowl.
+
+But Billy tightened his grip on the skipper's arm, and sobbed and
+whined. The skipper knocked him down with a blow on the breast; then
+jerked him to his feet and pointed to the pump.
+
+"Pump for your life!" he commanded, knowing well that what poor Billy
+needed was work, of whatever kind, to give him back his courage.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+ _Faithfully Narrating the Amazing Experiences of a
+ Newfoundland Schooner and Describing Billy Topsail's
+ Conduct in a Sinking Boat_
+
+
+THE deck of the _Rescue_ was now littered with wreckage and casks.
+Splinters of the jib-boom, all tangled with the standing rigging, lay
+upon the forward deck. The maintopmast had snapped off, and hung from
+the mainmast in a tangle of wire and rope. They had already cut the
+mainsail halyards, and the big sail lay upon the boom, on the port
+side, in disarrayed folds.
+
+The bows were high out of the water, as if the ship had run up a steep,
+submerged shelf of ice; and the seas, which the wind of the night had
+raised, from time to time broke over the stern. It was impossible,
+however, to determine the general situation of the schooner. The fog
+was too thick for that, and the day had not yet fully broken. All that
+was revealed, in a glance about, was that upon one hand lay a waste of
+breaking water, and upon the other a dull white mass, lifting itself
+into the mist.
+
+"'Tis bad, lads," said the skipper, when the first and second hands had
+joined him under the mainmast shrouds.
+
+"She's lost," said the first.
+
+"We'll be takin' t' the boat," said the second.
+
+"I'm not so sure that she's lost," said the skipper. "Whatever, we'll
+not take t' the boat till we have to."
+
+The first and second hands exchanged a glance, and together looked at
+the boat. The swift glance and look were a danger-signal to the skipper.
+
+"Does you hear me?" he shouted, his voice ringing out above the wash of
+the waves and the noise of the wind. "We'll not leave her. Take a spell
+at the pump, both o' you!"
+
+For a moment the skipper's authority was in doubt. The men wavered.
+A repetition of the command, however, with clenched fists ready to
+enforce it, decided them. They relieved young Billy.
+
+"Is the water gainin', b'y?" said the skipper to the lad.
+
+Billy looked up steadily. The fright had left his eyes. He had
+recovered his self-possession.
+
+"No, sir," he said, quietly. "'Tis gettin' less all the while."
+
+At that moment the ship lurched slightly and slid off the shelf. The
+skipper shouted an order to raise the foresail, and ran aft to take
+the wheel. But the fall of the topmast had so tangled the rigging
+and jammed the gaff and boom that before the crew could remove the
+unconscious cook and lift the sail, the wind had turned the schooner
+and was driving her stern foremost, as it appeared, on the ice.
+
+The skipper, from his station at the wheel, calmly observed the nearing
+berg, and gave the schooner up for lost. There was no time to raise
+the sail--no room for beating out of danger. He saw, too, that if she
+struck with force, the quarter-boat, which was swinging from davits
+astern, would be crushed to splinters.
+
+"She's lost!" he thought. "Lost with all hands!"
+
+Nearer approach, however, disclosed the strange fact that there was a
+break in the ice. When the schooner was still a few fathoms nearer, it
+was observed that the great berg was in reality composed of two masses
+of ice, with a narrow strait leading between them.
+
+The light was now stronger, and the fog had somewhat thinned; it was
+possible to distinguish shadowy outlines--to see that great cliffs of
+ice descended on each side of the passage to the water's edge. Still
+deeper in the mist it was lighter, as if the strait indeed led directly
+through the berg to the open sea beyond. The crew was gathered aft,
+breathlessly awaiting the schooner's fate, helpless to fend or aid; and
+the cook was lying on the roof of the cabin, where they had laid him
+down, revived in part, and desperately struggling to recover his senses.
+
+[Illustration: "SHE'S LOST!" HE THOUGHT. "LOST WITH ALL HANDS."]
+
+"Lads," said the skipper, at last, "the Lord has the schooner in His
+hands. They's a way through the ice. He's guidin' her into it, but
+whether He'll save us or not, He only knows."
+
+The _Rescue_ drifted fairly into the passage, which was irregular, but
+in no part less than twice the width of the vessel. She was swept on,
+swinging from side to side, striking her bow here and her stern there;
+and with every shock fragments of rotten ice fell in a shower from
+above.
+
+How soon one might strike one of their number down, no man knew. How
+soon some great mass, now poised in the mist, might be dislodged
+and crush the schooner in its fall, no man knew. How soon the towering
+cliffs might swing together and grind the ship to splinters, no man
+could tell. Were these masses of ice connected deep down under water?
+Or were they floating free?
+
+There were no answers to these questions. On went the schooner, stern
+foremost, slipping ever nearer to the open.[5]
+
+"Skipper, sir," the first hand pleaded, "leave us launch the
+quarter-boat an' pull out. 'Tis--'tis--too horrible here."
+
+"Ay, lads, if you will," was the reply.
+
+It was then discovered that a block of ice had fallen in the boat at
+the bows, and sprung the planking. She was too leaky to launch; there
+was nothing for it but to wait.
+
+"We'll calk those leaks as best we can," said the skipper. "They's no
+tellin' what might----"
+
+The stern struck a projection, and the bow swung round and lodged
+on the other side. The schooner was jammed in the passage, almost
+broadside to the wind. They made a shift at calking the leaks with rags
+and a square of oiled canvas. At all hazards the schooner must be
+freed.
+
+"We must get her off quick, lads!" the skipper cried. "Come, now, who's
+going with me in the boat t' tow?"
+
+"I, sir," said young Billy, stepping forward eagerly.
+
+"I, sir," said the first hand.
+
+"So it is," said the skipper. "Andy, Tom, when we hauls her bow off, do
+you stand here with a gaff an' push. Lower away that boat, now! Billy,
+do you fetch a bucket for bailin'."
+
+The boat was launched with great difficulty from her place in the
+stern davits. She began at once to fill, for the calking had been ill
+done, and she was sadly damaged. It took courage to leap into her from
+the taffrail, leaky as she was, and tossing about; but there was a
+desperate sort of courage in the hearts of the men who had volunteered,
+and they leaped, one by one.
+
+Billy fell to bailing, and the skipper and the first hand rowed forward
+to catch the line. The line once caught and made fast, they pulled out
+with might and main.
+
+"She's fillin' fast, sir!" Billy gasped.
+
+"Bail, b'y, bail!"
+
+The tow-rope was now taut. The skipper and the first hand pulled
+with such strength that each stroke of an oar made a hissing little
+whirlpool.
+
+"'Tis gainin' on me fast, sir," said Billy.
+
+"Give way! Give way!" cried the skipper.
+
+The bow of the schooner swung round inch by inch--so slowly that the
+sinking of the boat seemed inevitable.
+
+"She'll sink, sir!" said Billy, in alarm, but still bailing steadily.
+
+"Pull! Pull!"
+
+When the schooner was once more in her old position--stern foremost,
+and driving slowly through the passage--the water was within an inch
+of the seats of the boat, which was now heavy and almost unmanageable.
+Twenty fathoms of water lay between the boat and the bow of the
+schooner.
+
+"She's goin' down, sir!" said Billy.
+
+"Cast lines!" the skipper shouted to those aboard.
+
+Water curled over the gunwales. The boat stopped dead, and wavered, on
+the point of sinking. Two lines came whizzing towards her, uncoiling in
+their flight. The one was caught by the first hand, who threw himself
+into the water and was hauled aboard. Billy and the skipper caught the
+other. With its help and a few strong strokes they made the bow chains
+and clambered to the deck.
+
+"She's drivin' finely," said the skipper, when he had looked around.
+"Stand by, there, an' be ready with the fores'l! We'll soon be through."
+
+It was true enough; in a few minutes the schooner had safely drifted
+through the passage, and was making off from the berg under a reefed
+foresail, while the mist cleared and the sun shone out, and the peaks
+and cliffs of the island of ice, far astern, shone and glistened. And
+three days later the young skipper bounded up the path at Ruddy Cove,
+and the little toddler whom he loved was at the kitchen door to greet
+him.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[5] At this point it may be of interest to the reader to know that the
+incident is true.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+ _In Which the Ruddy Cove Doctor Tells Billy Topsail and
+ a Stranger How He Came to Learn that the Longest Way
+ 'Round is Sometimes the Shortest Way Home_
+
+
+IT was a quiet evening--twilight: with the harbour water unruffled, and
+the colours of the afterglow fast fading from the sky. Billy Topsail
+and the doctor and a stranger sat by the surgery door, watching the
+boats come in from the sea, and their talk had been of the common
+dangers of that life.
+
+"It was a very narrow escape," said the doctor.
+
+"Crossing the harbour!" the stranger exclaimed. "Why, 'tis not two
+hundred yards!"
+
+"'Twas my narrowest escape--and 'twas all because of Billy Topsail."
+
+"Along o' _me_!" cried Billy.
+
+"Ay," said the doctor; "'twas all along o' you. Some years ago," he
+continued, "when you were a toddler in pinafores, you were taken
+suddenly ill. It was a warm day in the spring of the year. The ice was
+still in the harbour, locked in by the rocks at the narrows, though
+the snow had all melted from the hills, and green things were shooting
+from the earth in the gardens. The weather had been fine for a week,"
+the doctor continued, addressing the stranger, "Day by day the harbour
+ice had grown more unsafe, until, when Billy was taken ill, only the
+daring ventured to cross upon it.
+
+[Illustration: "MY LITTLE LAD'S WONDERFUL SICK. COME QUICK!"]
+
+"Billy's father came rushing into the surgery in a pitiable state of
+grief and fright. I knew when I first caught sight of his face that
+Billy was ill.
+
+"'Doctor,' said he, 'my little lad's wonderful sick. Come quick!'
+
+"'Can we cross by the ice?' I asked.
+
+"'I've come by that way,' said he. ''Tis safe enough t' risk. Make
+haste, doctor, sir! Make haste!'
+
+"'Lead the way!' said I.
+
+"He led so cleverly that we crossed without once sounding the ice. It
+was a zigzag way--a long, winding course--and I knew the day after,
+though I was too intent upon the matter in hand to perceive it at the
+moment, that only his experience and acquaintance with the condition of
+the ice made the passage possible. After midnight, when my situation
+was one of extreme peril, I realized that the way had been neither safe
+for me, who followed, nor easy for the man who led.
+
+"'My boy is dying, doctor!' said the mother, when we entered the house.
+'Oh, save him!'
+
+"My sympathy for the child and his parents,--they loved that lad--no
+less than a certain professional interest which takes hold of a young
+physician in such cases, kept me at Billy's bedside until long,
+long after dark. I need not have stayed so long--ought not to have
+stayed--for the lad was safe and out of pain; but in this far-away
+place a man must be both nurse and doctor, and there I found myself, at
+eleven o'clock of a dark night, worn out, and anxious only to reach my
+bed by the shortest way.
+
+"'I thinks, sir,' said Billy's father, when I made ready to go, 'that I
+wouldn't go back by the ice.'
+
+"'Oh, nonsense!' said I. 'We came over without any trouble, and I'll
+find my way back, never fear.'
+
+"'I wisht you'd stay here the night,' said the mother. 'If you'll bide,
+sir, we'll make you comfortable.'
+
+"'No, no,' said I. 'I must get to my own bed.'
+
+"'If you'll not go round by the shore, sir,' said the man, 'leave me
+pilot you across.'
+
+"'Stay with your lad,' said I, somewhat testily. 'I'll cross by the
+ice.'
+
+"''Twill be the longest way home the night,' said he.
+
+"When a man is sleepy and worn out he can be strangely perverse. I
+would have my own way; and, to my cost, I was permitted to take it.
+Billy's father led me down to the landing-stage, put a gaff in my hand,
+and warned me to be careful--warned me particularly not to take a step
+without sounding the ice ahead with my gaff; and he brought the little
+lesson to an end with a wistful, 'I wisht you wouldn't risk it.'
+
+"The tone of his voice, the earnestness and warm feeling with which he
+spoke, gave me pause. I hesitated; but the light in my surgery window,
+shining so near at hand, gave me a vision of comfortable rest, and I
+put the momentary indecision away from me.
+
+"'It is two hundred yards to my surgery by the ice,' I said, 'and it
+is two miles round the harbour by the road. I'm going by the shortest
+way.'
+
+"'You'll find it the longest, sir,' said he.
+
+"I repeated my directions as to the treatment of little Billy, then
+gave the man good-night, and stepped out on the ice, gaff in hand. The
+three hours following were charged with more terror and despair than,
+doubtless, any year of my life to come shall know. I am not morbidly
+afraid of death. It was not that--not the simple, natural fear of
+death that made me suffer. It was the manner of its coming--in the
+night, with the harbour folk, all ignorant of my extremity, peacefully
+sleeping around me--the slow, cruel approach of it, closing in upon
+every hand, lying all about me, and hidden from me by the night."
+
+The doctor paused. He looked over the quiet water of the harbour.
+
+"Yes," he said, repeating the short, nervous laugh, "it was a narrow
+escape. The sun of the afternoon--it had shone hot and bright--had
+weakened the ice, and a strong, gusty wind, such a wind as breaks up
+the ice every spring, was blowing down the harbour to the sea. It had
+overcast the sky with thick clouds. The night was dark. Nothing more of
+the opposite shore than the vaguest outline of the hills--a blacker
+shadow in a black sky--was to be seen.
+
+"But I had the lamp in the surgery window to guide me, and I pushed out
+from the shore, resolute and hopeful. I made constant use of my gaff
+to sound the ice. Without it I should have been lost before I had gone
+twenty yards. From time to time, in rotten places, it broke through the
+ice with but slight pressure; then I had to turn to right or left, as
+seemed best, keeping to the general direction as well as I could all
+the while.
+
+"As I proceeded, treading lightly and cautiously, I was dismayed to
+find that the condition of the ice was worse than the worst I had
+feared.
+
+"'Ah,' thought I, with a wistful glance towards the light in the
+window, 'I'll be glad enough to get there.'
+
+"There were lakes of open water in my path; there were flooded patches,
+sheets of thin, rubbery ice, stretches of rotten 'slob.' I was not even
+sure that a solid path to my surgery wound through these dangers; and
+if path there were, it was a puzzling maze, strewn with pitfalls, with
+death waiting upon a misstep.
+
+"Had it been broad day, my situation would have been serious enough.
+In the night, with the treacherous places all covered up and hidden, it
+was desperate. I determined to return; but I was quite as unfamiliar
+with the lay of the ice behind as with the path ahead. A moment of
+thought persuaded me that the best plan was the boldest--to push on for
+the light in the window. I should have, at least, a star to guide me.
+
+"'I have not far to go,' I thought. 'I must proceed with confidence and
+a common-sense sort of caution. Above all, I must _not_ lose my nerve.'
+
+"It was easy to make the resolve; it was hard to carry it out. When I
+was searching for solid ice and my gaff splashed water, when the ice
+offered no more resistance to my gaff than a similar mass of sea-foam,
+when my foothold bent and cracked beneath me, when, upon either side,
+lay open water, and a narrowing, uncertain path lay ahead, my nerve was
+sorely tried.
+
+"At times, overcome by the peril I could not see, I stopped dead and
+trembled. I feared to strike my gaff, feared to set my foot down,
+feared to quit the square foot of solid ice upon which I stood. Had it
+not been for the high wind--high and fast rising to a gale--I should
+have sat down and waited for the morning. But there were ominous
+sounds abroad, and, although I knew little about the ways of ice, I
+felt that the break-up would come before the dawn. There was nothing
+for it but to go on.
+
+"And on I went; but at last--the mischance was inevitable--my step was
+badly chosen. My foot broke through, and I found myself, of a sudden,
+sinking. I threw myself forward, and fell with my arms spread out; thus
+I distributed my weight over a wider area of ice and was borne up.
+
+"For a time I was incapable of moving a muscle; the surprise, the
+rush of terror, the shock of the fall, the sudden relief of finding
+myself safe for the moment had stunned me. So I lay still, hugging the
+ice; for how long I cannot tell, but I know that when I recovered my
+self-possession my first thought was that the light was still burning
+in the surgery window--an immeasurable distance away. I must reach that
+light, I knew; but it was a long time before I had the courage to move
+forward.
+
+"Then I managed to get the gaff under my chest, so that I could throw
+some part of my weight upon it, and began to crawl. The progress was
+inch by inch--slow and toilsome, with no moment of security to lighten
+it. I was keenly aware of my danger; at any moment, as I knew, the ice
+might open and let me in.
+
+"I had gained fifty yards or more, and had come to a broad lake, which
+I must round, when the light in the window went out.
+
+"'Elizabeth has given me up for the night,' I thought in despair. 'She
+has blown out the light and gone to bed.'
+
+"There was now no point of light to mark my goal. It was very dark;
+and in a few minutes I was lost. I had the wind to guide me, it is
+true; but I soon mistrusted the wind. It was veering, it had veered, I
+thought; it was not possible for me to trust it implicitly. In whatever
+direction I set my face I fancied that the open sea lay that way.
+
+"Again and again I started, but upon each occasion I had no sooner
+begun to crawl than I fancied that I had mischosen the way. Of course
+I cried for help, but the wind swept my frantic screams away, and no
+man heard them. The moaning and swish of the gale, as it ran past the
+cottages, drowned my cries. The sleepers were not alarmed.
+
+"Meanwhile that same wind was breaking up the ice. I could hear the
+cracking and grinding long before I felt the motion of the pan upon
+which I lay. But at last I did feel that mass of ice turn and gently
+heave, and then I gave myself up for lost.
+
+"'Doctor! Doctor!'
+
+"The voice came from far to windward. The wind caught my answering
+shout and carried it out to sea.
+
+"'They will not hear me,' I thought. 'They will not come to help me.'
+
+"The light shone out from the surgery window again. Then lights
+appeared in the neighbouring houses, and passed from room to room.
+There had been an alarm. But my pan was breaking up! Would they find me
+in time? Would they find me at all?
+
+"Lanterns were now gleaming on the rocks back of my wharf. Half a dozen
+men were coming down on the run, bounding from rock to rock of the
+path. By the light of the lanterns I saw them launch a boat on the ice
+and drag it out towards me. From the edge of the shore ice they let it
+slip into the water, pushed off and came slowly through the opening
+lanes of water, calling my name at intervals.
+
+"The ice was fast breaking and moving out. When they caught my hail
+they were not long about pushing the boat to where I lay. Nor, you may
+be sure, was I long about getting aboard."
+
+The doctor laughed nervously.
+
+"Doctor," said the stranger, "how did they know that you were in
+distress?"
+
+"Oh," said the doctor, "it was Billy's father. He was worried, and
+walked around by the shore. When he found that I was not home, he
+roused the neighbours."
+
+"As the proverb runs," said the stranger, "the longest way round is
+sometimes the shortest way home."
+
+"Yes," said the doctor, "I chose the longest way."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+ _Describing How Billy Topsail Set out for Ruddy Cove with
+ Her Majesty's Mail and Met with Catastrophe_
+
+
+THROUGH the long, evil-tempered winter, when ice and high winds keep
+the coasting boats from the outports, the Newfoundland mails are
+carried by hand from settlement to settlement, even to the farthermost
+parts of the bleak peninsula to the north.
+
+Arch Butt's link in the long chain was from Burnt Bay to Ruddy Cove.
+Once a week, come wind, blizzard or blinding sunlight, with four
+dollars and a half to reward him at the end of it, he made the eighty
+miles of wilderness and sea, back and forth, with the mail-bag on his
+broad back.
+
+No man of the coast, save he, dared face that stretch in all weathers.
+It may be that he tramped a league, skated a league, sailed a league,
+sculled a league, groped his way through a league of night, breasted
+his way through a league of wind, picked his way over a league of
+shifting ice.
+
+To be sure, he chose the way which best favoured his progress and
+least frayed the thread upon which his life hung.
+
+"Seems t' me, b'y," he said to his mate from New Bay, when the great
+gale of '98 first appeared in the northeast sky--"seems t' me we _may_
+make Duck Foot Cove the night, safe enough."
+
+"Maybe, lad," was the reply, after a long, dubious survey of the rising
+clouds. "Maybe we'll get clear o' the gale, but 'twill be a close call,
+whatever (at any rate)."
+
+"Maybe," said Arch. "'Twould be well t' get Her Majesty's mail so far
+as Duck Foot Cove, whatever."
+
+When Arch Butt made Duck Foot Cove that night, he was on the back of
+his mate, who had held to him, through all peril, with such courage
+as makes men glorious. Ten miles up the bay, his right foot had been
+crushed in the ice, which the sea and wind had broken into unstable
+fragments. Luff of New Bay had left him in the cottage of Billy
+Topsail's uncle, Saul Ride, by the Head, the only habitation in the
+cove, and made the best of his own way to the harbours of the west
+coast of the bay. Three days' delay stared the Ruddy Cove mailman in
+the face.
+
+"Will you not carry the mail t' Ruddy Cove, Saul Ride?" he demanded,
+when he had dressed his foot, and failed, stout as he was, to bear the
+pain of resting his weight upon it.
+
+"'Tis too far in a gale for my old legs," said Ride, "an'----"
+
+"But 'tis Her Majesty's mail!" cried Arch. "Won't you try, b'y?"
+
+"An I had a chance t' make it, I'd try, quick enough," said Ride
+sharply; "but 'twould be not only me life, but the mail I'd lose. The
+ice do be broken up 'tween here an' Creepy Bluff; an' not even Arch
+Butt, hisself, could walk the hills."
+
+"Three days lost!" Arch groaned. "All the letters three days late! An'
+all----"
+
+"Letters!" Ride broke in scornfully. "Letters, is it? Don't you fret
+about they. A love letter for the parson's daughter; the price o' fish
+from St. John's for the old skipper; an' a merchant's account for every
+fisherman t' the harbour: they be small things t' risk life for."
+
+The mailman laid his hand on the leather bag at his side. He fingered
+the government seal tenderly and his eyes flashed splendidly when he
+looked up.
+
+"'Tis Her Majesty's mail!" he said. "Her Majesty's mail! Who knows what
+they be in this bag. Maybe, b'y--maybe--maybe they's a letter for old
+Aunt Esther Bludgel. She've waited this three year for a letter from
+that boy," he continued. "Maybe _'tis_ in there now. Sure, b'y, an' I
+believe 'tis in there. Saul Ride, the mail must go!"
+
+A touch of the bruised foot on the floor brought the mailman groaning
+to his chair again. If the mail were to go to Ruddy Cove that night,
+it was not to be carried on his back: that much was evident. Saul Ride
+gazed at him steadily for a moment. Something of the younger man's fine
+regard for duty communicated itself to him. There had been a time--the
+days of his strength--when he, too, would have thought of duty before
+danger. He went abstractly to the foot of the loft stair.
+
+"Billy!" he called. "Billy!"
+
+"Ay, Uncle Saul," was the quick response.
+
+"I wants you, b'y."
+
+Billy Topsail came swiftly down the stair. He was spending a week with
+his lonely Uncle Saul at Duck Foot Cove. A summons at that hour meant
+pressing service--need of haste. What was the call? Were they all well
+at home? He glanced from one man to the other.
+
+"B'y," said Ride, with a gesture towards the mail-bag, "will you carry
+that bag to Ruddy Cove? Will----"
+
+"Will you carry Her Majesty's mail t' Ruddy Cove?" Arch Butt burst out.
+His voice thrilled Billy, as he continued: "Her Majesty's mail!"
+
+"'Tis but that black bag, b'y," Ride said quietly. "Will you take it t'
+Ruddy Cove t'-night? Please yourself about it."
+
+"Ay," said Billy quickly. "When?"
+
+"'Twill be light enough in four hours," said the mailman.
+
+"Go back t' bed, b'y," Ride said. "I'll wake you when 'tis time t' be
+off."
+
+Five minutes later the boy was sound asleep.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+No Newfoundlander ventures out upon the ice without his gaff--a
+nine-foot pole, made of light, tough dog-wood, and iron-shod. It was
+with his own true gaff that Billy felt his way out of Duck Foot Cove as
+the night cleared away.
+
+The sea had abated somewhat with the wind. In the bay beyond the cove,
+the broken ice was freezing into one vast, rough sheet, solid as the
+coast rocks on the pans, but unsafe, and deceptive over the channels
+between. The course was down the bay, skirting the shore, to Creepy
+Bluff, then overland to Ruddy Cove, which is a port of the open sea: in
+all, twenty-one miles, with the tail of the gale to beat against.
+
+"Feel every step o' the way till the light comes strong," had been old
+Saul Ride's last word to the boy. "Strike hard with your gaff before
+you put your foot down."
+
+Billy kept his gaff before him--feeling his way much as a blind man
+taps the pavement as he goes along a city street. The search for solid
+ice led him this way and that, but his progress towards Creepy Bluff,
+the shadowy outline of which he soon could see, steadily continued. He
+surmised that it was still blowing hard in the open, beyond the shelter
+of the islands; and he wondered if the wind would sweep him off his
+feet when he essayed to cross Sloop Run, down which it ran, unbroken,
+from the sea to the bluff.
+
+"Her Majesty's mail!" he muttered, echoing the thrill in the mailman's
+voice. "Her Majesty's mail!"
+
+When the light was stronger--but it was not yet break of day--he
+thought to make greater haste by risking more. Now and again he chanced
+himself on a suspicious-looking black sheet. Now and again he ran
+nimbly over many yards of rubber ice, which yielded and groaned, but
+did not break. Often he ventured where Arch Butt would not have dared
+take his massive body. All this he did, believing always that he should
+not delay the Gull Arm mailman, who might even then be waiting for him
+in Ruddy Cove.
+
+But when he had covered six miles of the route, he came to a wide
+channel which was not yet frozen over. It lay between two large pans.
+How far he might have to diverge from his course to cross without risk,
+he could not tell. He was impressed with the fact that, once across,
+the way lay clear before him--a long stretch of solid ice.
+
+"Sure, I must cross here," he thought.
+
+He sought for a large cake of floating ice, that he might ferry himself
+across with his gaff. None great enough to bear his weight was to be
+seen--none, at least, within reach of his gaff. There were small cakes
+a-plenty; these were fragments heavy enough to bear him for but an
+instant. Could he cross on them? He thought he might leap from one to
+the other so swiftly that none would be called upon to sustain his full
+weight, and thus pass safely over.
+
+With care he chose the path he would follow. Then, without hesitation,
+he leaped for the first cake--passed to the second--to the third--to
+the fourth--stepping so lightly from one to the other that the water
+did not touch the soles of his boots. In a moment, he was whistling on
+his way on the other side, leaving the channel ice bobbing excitedly
+behind him.
+
+Soon he broke off whistling and began to sing. On he trudged, piping
+merrily:
+
+ 'Way down on Pigeon Pond Island,
+ When daddy comes home from swilin',[6]
+ Cakes and tea for breakfast,
+ Pork and duff for dinner,
+ Cakes and tea for supper,
+ 'Way down on Pigeon Pond Island.
+
+At noon he came to an expanse of bad ice. He halted at the edge of it
+to eat a bit of the hard bread and dried venison in his nunny-bag.
+Then, forward again! He advanced with great caution, sounding every
+step, on the alert for thin places. A mile of this and he had grown
+weary. He was not so quick, not so sure, in his estimate of the
+strength of the ice. The wind, now blowing in stronger gusts, brought
+the water to his eyes and impaired his sight. He did not regret his
+undertaking, but he began ardently to wish that Creepy Bluff were
+nearer. Thus moved, his pace increased--with ever-increasing peril to
+himself. He must make haste!
+
+What befell the boy came suddenly. He trusted his feet to a drift of
+snow. Quick as a flash, and all unready, he was submerged in the water
+beneath.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[6] Sealing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+ _Billy Topsail Wrings Out His Clothes and Finds Himself
+ Cut off From Shore by Thirty Yards of Heaving Ice_
+
+
+BILLY could swim--could swim like any Newfoundland dog bred in Green
+Bay. Moreover, the life he led--the rugged, venturesome calling of the
+shore fishermen--had inured him to sudden danger. First of all he freed
+himself from the cumbersome mail-bag. He would not have abandoned it
+had he not been in such case as when, as the Newfoundlanders say, it
+was "every hand for his life."
+
+Then he made for the surface with swift, strong strokes. A few more
+strokes brought him to the edge of the ice. He clambered out, still
+gasping for breath, and turned about to account to himself for his
+predicament.
+
+The drift of snow had collapsed; he observed that it had covered some
+part of a wide hole, and that the exposed water was almost of a colour
+with the ice beyond--a polished black. Hence, he did not bitterly blame
+himself for the false step, as he might have done had he plunged
+himself into obvious danger through carelessness. He did not wonder
+that he had been deceived.
+
+Her Majesty's mail, so far as the boy could determine, was slowly
+sinking to the bottom of the bay.
+
+There was no help in regret. To escape from the bitter wind and the
+dusk, now fast falling, was the present duty. He could think of all the
+rest when he had leisure to sit before the fire and dream. He took off
+his jacket and wrung it out--a matter of some difficulty, for it was
+already stiff with frost. His shirt followed--then his boots and his
+trousers. Soon he was stripped to his rosy skin. The wind, sweeping in
+from the open sea, stung him as it whipped past.
+
+When the last garment was wrung out he was shivering, and his teeth
+were chattering so fast that he could not keep them still. Dusk soon
+turns to night on this coast, and the night comes early. There was
+left but time enough to reach the first of the goat-paths at Creepy
+Bluff, two miles away--not time to finish the overland tramp to Ruddy
+Cove--before darkness fell.
+
+When he was about to dress, his glance chanced to pass over the water.
+The mail-bag--it could be nothing else--was floating twenty-yards off
+the ice. It had been prepared with cork for such accidents, which not
+infrequently befall it.
+
+"'Tis Her Majesty's mail, b'y," Billy could hear the mailman say.
+
+"But 'tis more than I can carry t' Ruddy Cove now," he thought.
+
+Nevertheless, he made no move to put on his shirt. He continued to look
+at the mail-bag. "'Tis the mail--gov'ment mail," he thought again.
+Then, after a rueful look at the water: "Sure, nobody'll know that it
+floated. 'Tis as much as I can do t' get myself safe t' Gull Cove. I'd
+freeze on the way t' Ruddy Cove."
+
+There was no comfort in these excuses. There, before him, was the bag.
+It was in plain sight. It had not sunk. He would fail in his duty to
+the country if he left it floating there. It was an intolerable thought!
+
+"'Tis t' Ruddy Cove I'll take that bag this day," he muttered.
+
+He let himself gingerly into the water, and struck out. It was bitter
+cold, but he persevered, with fine courage, until he had his arm
+safely linked through the strap of the bag. It was the country he
+served! In some vague form this thought sounded in his mind, repeating
+itself again and again, while he swam for the ice with the bag in tow.
+
+He drew himself out with much difficulty, hauled the mail-bag after
+him, and proceeded to dress with all speed. His clothes were frozen
+stiff, and he had to beat them on the ice to soften them; but the
+struggle to don them sent the rich blood rushing through his body, and
+he was warmed to a glow.
+
+On went the bag, and off went the boy. When he came to the firmer ice,
+and Creepy Bluff was within half a mile, the wind carried this cheery
+song up the bay:
+
+ Lukie's boat is painted green,
+ The finest boat that ever was seen;
+ Lukie's boat has cotton sails,
+ A juniper rudder and galvanized nails.
+
+At Creepy Bluff, which the wind strikes with full force, the ice was
+breaking up inshore. The gale had risen with the coming of the night.
+Great seas spent their force beneath the ice--cracking it, breaking it,
+slowly grinding it to pieces against the rocks.
+
+The Bluff marks the end of the bay. No ice forms beyond. Thus the waves
+swept in with unbroken power, and were fast reducing the shore cakes to
+a mass of fragments. Paul was cut off from the shore by thirty yards of
+heaving ice. No bit of it would bear his weight; nor, so fine had it
+been ground, could he leap from place to place as he had done before.
+
+"'Tis sprawl I must," he thought.
+
+The passage was no new problem. He had been in such case more than
+once upon his return from the offshore seal-hunt. Many fragments would
+together bear him up, where few would sink beneath him. He lay flat on
+his stomach, and, with the gaff to help support him, crawled out from
+the solid place, dragging the bag. His body went up and down with the
+ice. Now an arm was thrust through, again a leg went under water.
+
+Progress was fearfully slow. Inch by inch he gained on the
+shore--crawling--crawling steadily. All the while he feared that the
+great pans would drift out and leave the fragments room to disperse.
+Once he had to spread wide his arms and legs and pause until the ice
+was packed closer.
+
+"Two yards more--only two yards more!" he could say at last.
+
+Once on the road to Ruddy Cove, which he well knew, his spirits rose;
+and with a cheery mood came new strength. It was a rough road, up hill
+and down again, through deep snowdrifts and over slippery rocks. Night
+fell; but there was light enough to show the way, save in the deeper
+valleys, and there he had to struggle along as best he might.
+
+Step after step, hill after hill, thicket after thicket: cheerfully he
+trudged on; for the mail-bag was safe on his back, and Ruddy Cove was
+but three miles distant. Three was reduced to two, two to one, one to
+the last hill.
+
+From the crest of Ruddy Rock he could look down on the lights of the
+harbour--yellow lights, lying in the shadows of the valley. There was
+a light in the post-office. They were waiting for him there--waiting
+for their letters--waiting to send the mail on to the north. In a few
+minutes he could say that Her Majesty's mail had been brought safe to
+Ruddy Cove.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"Be the mail come?"
+
+Billy looked up from his seat by the roaring fire in the post-office.
+An old woman had come in. There was a strange light in her eyes--the
+light of a hope which survives, spite of repeated disappointment.
+
+"Sure, Aunt Esther; 'tis here at last."
+
+"Be there a letter for me?"
+
+Billy hoped that there was. He longed to see those gentle eyes
+shine--to see the famished look disappear.
+
+"No, Aunt Esther; 'tis not come yet. Maybe 'twill come next----"
+
+"Sure, I've waited these three year," she said, with a trembling lip.
+"'Tis from me son----"
+
+"Ha!" cried the postmaster. "What's this? 'Tis all blurred by the
+water. 'Missus E--s--B--l--g--e--l.' Sure, 'tis you, woman. 'Tis a
+letter for you at last!"
+
+"'Tis from me son!" the old woman muttered eagerly. "'Tis t' tell me
+where he is, an'--an'--when he's comin' home. Thank God, the mail came
+safe the night."
+
+What if Billy had left the mail-bag to soak and sink in the waters of
+the bay? What if he had failed in his duty to the people? How many
+other such letters might there not be in that bag for the mothers and
+fathers of the northern ports?
+
+"Thank God," he thought, "that Her Majesty's mail came safe the night!"
+
+Then he went off home, and met Bobby Lot on the way.
+
+"Hello!" said Bobby. "Got back?"
+
+"Hello yourself!" said Billy. "I did."
+
+They eyed each other delightedly; they were too boyish to shake hands.
+
+"How's the ice?" asked Bobby Lot.
+
+"Not bad," said Billy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Joins the Whaler Viking and a
+ School is Sighted_
+
+OF a sunny afternoon the Newfoundland coastal steamer _Clyde_ dropped
+Billy Topsail at Snook's Arm, the lair of the whaler _Viking_: a
+deep, black inlet of the sea, fouled by the blood and waste flesh of
+forgotten victims, from the slimy edge of which, where a score of
+whitewashed cottages were squatted, the rugged hills lifted their heads
+to the clean blue of the sky and fairly held their noses. It was all
+the manager's doing. Billy had but given him direction through the fog
+from Mad Mull to the landing place of the mail-boat. This was at Ruddy
+Cove, in the spring, when the manager was making an annual visit to the
+old skipper.
+
+"If you want a berth for the summer, Billy," he had said, "you can be
+ship's boy on the _Viking_."
+
+On the _Viking_--the whaler! Billy was not in doubt. And so it came to
+pass, in due course of time, that the _Clyde_ dropped him at Snook's
+Arm.
+
+At half-past three of the next morning, when the dark o' night was but
+lightened by a rosy promise out to sea, the _Viking's_ lines were cast
+off. At half speed the little steamer moved out upon the quiet waters
+of the Arm, where the night still lay thick and cold--slipped with
+a soft chug! chug! past the high, black hills; factory and cottages
+melting with the mist and shadows astern, and the new day glowing in
+the eastern sky. She was an up-to-date, wide-awake little monster, with
+seventy-five kills to her credit in three months, again composedly
+creeping from the lair to the hunt, equipped with deadly weapons of
+offense.
+
+"'Low we'll get one the day, sir?" Billy asked the cook.
+
+"Wonderful quiet day," replied the cook, dubiously. "'Twill be hard
+fishin'."
+
+The fin-back whale is not a stupid, passive monster, to be slaughtered
+off-hand; nor is the sea a well-ordered shambles. Within the experience
+of the _Viking's_ captain, one fin-back wrecked a schooner with a quick
+slap of the tail, and another looked into the forecastle of an iron
+whaler from below. The fin-back is the biggest, fleetest, shyest whale
+of them all; until an ingenious Norwegian invented the harpoon gun,
+they wallowed and multiplied in the Newfoundland waters undisturbed.
+They were quite safe from pursuit; no whaler of the old school dreamed
+of taking after them in his cockle shell--they were too wary and fleet
+for that.
+
+"Ay," the cook repeated; "on a day like this a whale can _play_ with
+the _Viking_."
+
+The _Viking_ was an iron screw-steamer, designed for chasing whales,
+and for nothing else. She was mostly engines, winches and gun. She
+could slip along, without much noise, at sixteen knots an hour; and
+she could lift sixty tons from the bottom of the sea with her little
+finger. Her gun--the swivel gun, with a three-inch bore, pitched at the
+bow, clear of everything--could drive a four-foot, 123-pound harpoon
+up to the hilt in the back of a whale if within range; and the harpoon
+itself--it protruded from the muzzle of the gun, with the rope attached
+to the shaft and coiled below--was a deadly missile. It was tipped with
+an iron bomb, which was designed to explode in the quarry's vitals when
+the rope snapped taut, and with half a dozen long barbs, which were to
+spread and take hold at the same instant.
+
+"Well," Billy Topsail sighed, his glance on the gun and the harpoon,
+"if they hits a whale, that there arrow ought t' do the work!"
+
+"It does," said the cook, quietly.
+
+All morning long, they were all alive on deck--every man of that
+Norwegian crew, from the grinning man in the crow's nest, which was
+lashed to a stubby yellow mast, to the captain on the gun platform,
+with the glass to his eyes, and the stokers who stuck their heads out
+of the engine room for a breath of fresh air. The squat, grim little
+_Viking_ was speeding across Notre Dame Bay, with a wide, frothy wake
+behind her, and the water curling from her bows. She was for all
+the world like a man making haste to business in the morning, the
+appointment being, in this case, off a low, gray coast, which the
+lifting haze was but then disclosing.
+
+It was broad day: the sea was quiet, the sun shining brightly, the sky
+a cloudless blue; a fading breeze ruffled the water, and the ripples
+flashed in the sunlight. Dead ahead and far away, where the gray of
+the coast rocks shaded to the blue of the sea, little puffs of spray
+were drifting off with the light wind, like the puff of smoke from a
+distant rifle: they broke and drifted and vanished.
+
+From time to time mirror-flashes of light--swift little flashes--struck
+Billy's eyes and darted away. Puff after puff of spray, flash after
+flash of light: the far-off sea seemed to be alive with the quarry. But
+where was the thrilling old cry of "There she blows!" or its Norwegian
+equivalent? The lookout had but spoken a quiet word to the captain,
+who, in turn, had spoken a quiet word to the steersman.
+
+"W'ales," said the captain, whose English had its limitations. "Ho--far
+off!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+ _In which the Chase is Kept up and the Captain Promises
+ Himself a Kill_
+
+THE number of whales was less than the captain of the _Viking_ had
+thought. When the vessel came up with the school, however, there were
+twenty or more fin-backs to pick and choose from. They lay on every
+hand, wallowing at the surface of the sea and spouting thick, low
+streams of water with evident delight: whales far and near, big and
+small, in pairs and threes, rising and gently sinking, blowing and
+_hon-g-king_, and, at last, arching their broad, finned backs for the
+long dive.
+
+The breathing spell was of two or three minutes' duration, the dive
+of five or ten, and might last much longer. Billy was told that as
+the whales went thus, rising and diving, they travelled in a circle,
+feeding on young caplin and herring, squid and crustaceans. He had
+never thought to admire the grace of a whale; but his admiration was
+compelled: the ponderous, ill-proportioned monsters were so perfectly
+adapted to the element they were in that the languor and grace with
+which they moved was a delight--particularly when they arched their
+glistening black backs and softly, languidly vanished.
+
+But meantime the _Viking_ was lying silent and still; and--
+
+"_Hon-g-k!_" from off the port bow.
+
+"Ha!" exclaimed the captain.
+
+A big whale had risen. The long "_Hon-g-k!_" as he had inhaled a small
+cyclone of breath was sufficient to tell that. He was big and he was
+near.
+
+"Full speed!" quietly from the captain in Norwegian.
+
+The steersman had already spun the wheel without orders. The _Viking_
+swung in a half circle and made for the whale at top speed. There
+was just a quiver of excitement abroad--a deepening glitter in the
+eyes of the crew, and silence. The rush was upon the whale from
+behind--instant, swift, straight: the engines chug-chugged and the
+water swished noisily at the bows. There was no lying in ambush, no
+stalking: it was sight your game and make for him.
+
+The captain leaned lazily on the gun, which he had not yet swung into
+position for firing; his legs were crossed, though the whale was not a
+hundred yards away, and he was placidly smoking his pipe. The fin-back
+lay dead ahead now, apparently unconscious of the _Viking's_ approach,
+and she was soon so near that his escape seemed to Billy to be beyond
+the barest chance. The captain waved his hand, calmly looked over the
+sea, and fell again into his careless position, with one eye on the
+whale.
+
+At once the engines stopped and the _Viking_ slipped softly on with
+diminishing speed. When she was within thirty yards of the whale,
+each separate muscle of Billy's body was tight with excitement--but
+the whale arched his back and slipped down deep into the water with a
+contemptuous swing of his broad, strong tail.
+
+"Psh-h!" exclaimed the captain, giving one slippered foot a kick with
+the other. "Psh!"
+
+They were running over a stretch of frothy, swirling water, where the
+whale had lain a moment before.
+
+"_Hon-g-k_!" from off the starboard quarter.
+
+The captain signaled the steersman, who shouted "Full speed!" down the
+wheel-house tube. In a flash they were chug-chugging in haste after
+another whale--which eluded them at once, with no more fuss than the
+first had made: no blowing and frantic splashing; just a lifting of the
+back and a languid swing of the tail. Thus the third, the fourth, the
+fifth: again and again, through the hours of that quiet morning, they
+gave chase; but all to no purpose--on the contrary, indeed, with the
+bad effect of alarming the whole school. The whales made sport of them;
+the flash of their fins, as they slipped away beyond pursuit, was most
+aggravating.
+
+Soon the captain's "Psh!" became guttural, and communicated itself
+to the man in the crow's-nest and the engineer who was off duty; the
+elusive fin-backs were too much for the patience of them all. But for
+hours the "old man" leaned on the gun and smoked his pipe, intent on
+the chase through every moment of that time. He kicked his right foot
+with his left; his broad back shook with rage; strange ejaculations
+drifted back with the clouds of tobacco smoke: that was all. Repeated
+disappointment but heightened the alertness and eagerness of the crew.
+Every lost whale was dismissed with a "Psh-h!" and quite forgotten in
+the pursuit of the next one.
+
+Nine hours out from Snook's Arm and six with the school without
+pointing a gun!
+
+"Agh!" the captain exclaimed, jumping from the gun platform, at last,
+"the whale captain have the worst business of all men. Agh! but I wish
+for rough seas. But I wish I had my harpoon in the back of some whale."
+
+All days are not blue. Before the summer was over, Billy Topsail
+learned there were times when the _Viking_ put out from the shelter of
+Snook's Arm to a sea that _is_ rough. A gale from the northeast, gray
+and gusty, whips up the white horses, and frost gives new weight to the
+water. Wind and fog and high seas and sleet make the chase perilous
+as well as bitter. She stumbles through the waves and wallows in the
+trough with a clear-cut duty before her--to catch and kill a whale: the
+little niceties of dodging breaking waves cannot be indulged in when
+all manoevering must be directed towards coming up with the quarry
+from the proper firing-quarter.
+
+But Billy's first day was clear and quiet; and the whales were having a
+glorious innings with the enemy.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+By noon the prospects for a kill had faded to a bare possibility; the
+school had been well scattered. Down the coast and up the coast, out to
+sea and far away across the bay, puffs of spray made known the various
+directions the whales had taken. About two o'clock--ten hours out from
+Snook's Arm, with no let up in duty--the crew were attracted by the
+deep, long _hon-g-k_ of a big fellow out to sea and by the spouting of
+his two companions: a group of three, male and female, doubtless, with
+a well-grown young one. They gave chase. Captain and crew had come to
+that pass when fury gets the better of patience.
+
+It was determined to hunt that little school to the death or until deep
+night put an end to the chase.
+
+"I get 'im," said the captain between his teeth. "He is big. I get
+him--or none."
+
+It was not easy to get him. They were led twenty miles to sea in short
+rushes, each of which ended in disappointment and elicited a storm of
+guttural ejaculations; they were lured inshore, where submerged rocks
+were a menace; they were taken up the coast and back again towards the
+islands of the lower shore and once more to sea. Mile after mile--hour
+after hour! They came near--they could have hit the beast with a
+stone. Occasionally the captain swung the gun into position and put a
+hand on the trigger; but the arching back always gave notice, in good
+time, that he had been balked again. They tried to guess the point
+where the quarry would rise; they steamed near that point, and lay
+there waiting.
+
+"_Hon-g-k_!" from half a mile astern.
+
+"Agh!" cried the captain, chagrin twisting his face. "The whale captain
+have pos--ee--tiv--lee the worst----! Full speed!"
+
+Off again in persistent chase. Meantime the sun had declined; evening
+was drawing on, with gray clouds mounting in the west, and a breeze
+rising inshore. The sea was spread with shadow, and all the ripples
+grew to little waves, which, hissing as they broke, obscured the swish
+of water at our bows. The opportunity was better, and the whales, it
+may be, had acquired the inevitable contempt that familiarity breeds.
+The _Viking_ crept nearer. Each time, a little nearer; and, by and by,
+when she had come within range--within range for the first time that
+day--and was running at half speed, with the grayish-black backs most
+temptingly exposed, the captain dropped the muzzle of the gun, took
+swift sight, and--swung the gun around with impatient force! The whale
+was gone on the long dive before a vital spot had been exposed.
+
+There was no impatience of action aboard the _Viking_: the harpoon
+might even then have been fast in the whale's back, but the captain had
+coolly withheld his stroke until the opportunity should be precisely
+what he sought. And this display of patience after a fruitless chase of
+fifteen hours! Billy Topsail gasped his disappointment. But the captain
+laughed.
+
+"I get him yet," he said. "Soon, now," after a look at sea and
+darkening sky.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+ _The Mate of the Fin-Back Whale Rises for the Last Time,
+ With a Blood-Red Sunset Beyond, and Billy Topsail
+ Says, "Too bad!"_
+
+
+HALF a mile ahead the whales rose. The _Viking_ crept near without
+giving alarm, and waited for them to dive and rise again. The warning
+swish and _hon-g-k_ sounded next from off the port bow. There was a
+shout from the crew. The school lay close in, headed away; they were
+splashing and blissfully _hon-g-king_--and the _Viking_ not fifty yards
+distant. She was upon them from behind before they had well drawn
+breath. Steam was shut off. The captain's eye was at the butt of the
+gun, and his hand was on the trigger. The boat crept nearer--so near
+that Billy Topsail could have leaped from the bow to the back of the
+young whale; and she was fast losing way.
+
+But it was not the young whale that the captain wanted. He held his
+fire. Down went the young one. Down went the bull whale. But had he
+arched his back? The old female wallowed a moment longer and dived
+with arched back. She barely escaped the _Viking's_ bows and might
+have been mortally harpooned with ease. But it was not the female that
+the captain wanted. It was the big male. There was not a whale in
+sight. Still the captain kept his eye at the butt of the gun and his
+hand on the trigger.
+
+A moment later--the steamer was slipping along very slowly--the water
+ahead was disturbed. The back of the bull whale appeared. A stream of
+water shot into the air and broke like a fountain. The _Viking_ kept
+pace--gained; momentarily creeping nearer, until the range was but ten
+yards. Then the whale, as though taking alarm, arched his back; and----
+
+Bang!
+
+The puff of smoke drifted away. Billy Topsail caught sight of the
+harpoon, sunk to the hilt in the whale's side. Then the waters closed
+over the wounded beast.
+
+"Ha!" cried the captain, jumping from the platform, and strutting about
+with his thumbs in the armholes of his waistcoat. "Did you see me? Ha!
+It is over!"
+
+A cheer broke from the crew. The men ran forward to their stations at
+the winch.
+
+"Ha!" the captain repeated with intense satisfaction, his ruddy face
+wreathed in smiles. "Did you see me? Ha-a-a-a! It is a dead w'ale."
+
+[Illustration: "IT IS A DEAD W'ALE!"]
+
+The harpoon line was paying out slowly, controlled by a big steam
+winch--a gigantic fishing reel. The engines were stopped; but the
+_Viking_ was going forward at a lively rate as the catch plunged down
+and on. Minute after minute slipped away--five minutes; then the rope
+slackened somewhat, and, a moment later, the big whale came to the
+surface and spouted streams of blood--streams as red as the streak of
+sunset light in the gray sky beyond him. He floundered there in agony,
+blowing and _hon-g-king_ and beating the sea with his tail: turning the
+water crimson with his blood.
+
+It took him a long, long time to die, frightfully torn by the bomb
+though he was. He dived and rose and coughed; and at last he sank
+slowly down, down, and still down; drawing out a hundred and forty
+fathom of line: straight down to the bottom of the sea in that place.
+From time to time the captain touched the rope with his fingers;
+and when the tremour of life had passed from it he gave the signal
+to haul away. Half an hour later the carcass of the monster was
+inflated with gas, lying belly up at the surface of the water, and
+lashed by the tail to the port bow of the steamer.
+
+Off the starboard quarter--far away where the dusk had gathered--the
+mate of the dead whale rose, _hon-g-ked_, dived and was seen no more.
+
+"Too bad!" muttered Billy Topsail.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Goes Fishing in Earnest.
+ Concerning, also, Feather's Folly of the Devil's
+ Teeth, Mary Robinson, and the Wreck of the Fish
+ Killer_
+
+
+FEATHER'S FOLLY was one of a group of troublesome islands lying off
+Cape Grief on the way to the Labrador. Surveyed by a generously
+inaccurate apprentice it might have measured an acre. It was as barren
+as an old bone; but a painstaking man, with unimpaired eyesight, if he
+lingered long and lovingly enough over the task, could doubtless have
+discovered more than one blade of grass. There is no adjective in the
+English language adequate to describe its forbidding appearance as
+viewed from the sea in a gale of wind.
+
+On the chart it was a mere dot--a nameless rock, the outermost of a
+group most happily called the Devil's Teeth. To the Labrador fishermen,
+bound north from Newfoundland in the spring, bound south, with their
+loads of green cod, in the fall, it was the Cocked Hat. This name,
+too, is aptly descriptive; many a schooner, caught in the breakers,
+had, as the old proverb hath it, been knocked into that condition, or
+worse. But to the folk of the immediate coast, and especially of Hulk's
+Harbour, which lies within sight on the mainland, it was for long known
+as Feather's Folly.
+
+Old Bill Feather had once been wrecked on the Cocked Hat. The little
+_Lucky Lass_, bound to Hulk's Harbour from the Hen-and-Chickens,
+and sunk to the scupper-holes with green fish, had struck in a fog.
+Four minutes later she had gone down with all hands save Bill. An
+absentminded breaker had deposited him high and dry on a ledge of the
+northeast cliff; needless to say, it was much to Bill's surprise. For
+five days the castaway had shivered and starved on the barren rock.
+This was within sight of the chimney-smoke of home--of the harbour
+tickle, of the cottage roofs; even, in clear weather, of the flakes and
+stage of his own place.
+
+"It won't happen again," vowed Bill, when they took his lean, sore hulk
+home.
+
+What Bill did--what he planned and accomplished in the face of ridicule
+and adverse fortune--earned the rock the name of Feather's Folly in
+that neighbourhood.
+
+"Anyhow," old Bill was in the habit of repeating, to defend himself, "I
+'low it won't happen again. An' I'll _see_ that it don't!"
+
+But season followed season, without event; and the Cocked Hat was still
+known as Feather's Folly.
+
+Billy Topsail was to learn this.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was early in the spring of the year--too early by half, the old
+salts said, for Labrador craft to put out from the Newfoundland ports.
+Thick, vagrant fogs, drifting with the variable winds, were abroad
+on all the coast; and the Arctic current was spread with drift ice
+from the upper shores and with great bergs from the glaciers of the
+far north. But Skipper Libe Tussel, of the thirty-ton _Fish Killer_,
+hailing from Ruddy Cove, was a firm believer in the fortunes of the
+early bird; moreover, he was determined that the skipper of the _Cod
+Trap_, hailing from Fortune, should not this season preëmpt his
+trap-berth on the Thigh Bone fishing grounds. So the _Fish Killer_ was
+underway for the north, early as it was; and she was cheerily game to
+face the chances of wind and ice, if only she might beat the _Cod Trap_
+to the favourable opportunities of the Thigh Bone grounds off Indian
+Harbour.
+
+"It's thick," Robinson remarked to the skipper.
+
+"_'Tis_ thick."
+
+Billy Topsail, now grown old enough for the adventurous voyage to the
+Labrador coast, was aboard; and he listened to this exchange with a
+deal of interest. It was his first fishing voyage; he had been north
+in the _Rescue_, to be sure, but that was no more than a cruise,
+undertaken to relieve the starving fishermen of the upper harbours. At
+last, he was fishing in earnest--really aboard the _Fish Killer_, bound
+north, there to fish the summer through, in all sorts of weather, with
+a share in the catch at the end of it! He was vastly delighted by this:
+for 'twas a man's work he was about, and 'twas a man's work he was
+wanting to do.
+
+"Thick as mud," said Robinson, with a little shiver.
+
+"'S mud," the skipper responded, in laconic agreement.
+
+And it _was_ thick! The fog had settled at mid-day. A fearsome array
+of icebergs had then been in sight, and the low coast, with the snow
+still upon it, had to leeward shone in the brilliant sunlight. But
+now, with the afternoon not yet on the wane, the day had turned murky
+and damp. A bank of black fog had drifted in from the open sea. Ice
+and shore had disappeared. The limit of vision approached, possibly,
+but did not attain, twenty-five yards. The weather was thick, indeed;
+the schooner seemed to be winging along through a boundless cloud; and
+there was a smart breeze blowing, and the circle of sea, in the exact
+centre of which the schooner floated, was choppy and black.
+
+"Thick enough," Skipper Libe echoed, thoughtfully. "But," he added,
+"you wouldn't advise heavin' to, would you?"
+
+"No, no!" Robinson exclaimed. "I'm too anxious to get to Indian
+Harbour."
+
+"And I," muttered the skipper, with an anxious look ahead, "to make the
+Thigh Bone grounds. But----"
+
+"Give her all the wind she'll carry," said Robinson. "It won't bother
+me."
+
+"I thinks," the skipper continued, ignoring the interruption, "that
+I'll shorten sail. For," said he, "I'm thinkin' the old girl might
+bleed at the nose if she happened t' bump a berg."
+
+While the crew reduced the canvas, Robinson went below. He was the
+Hudson's Bay Company's agent at Dog Arm of the Labrador, which is close
+to Indian Harbour. In January, with his invalid daughter in a dog-sled,
+he had journeyed from that far place to Desolate Bay of Newfoundland,
+and thence by train to St. John's. It had been a toilsome, dangerous,
+incredibly bitter experience. But he had forgotten that, nor had he
+ever complained of it; his happiness was that his child had survived
+the surgeons' operation, had profited in ease and hope, had already
+been restored near to her old sunny health. Early in the spring, word
+of the proposed sailing of the _Fish Killer_ from Ruddy Cove had come
+to him at St. John's; and he had taken passage with Skipper Libe, no
+more, it must be said, because he wished Mary's mother to know the good
+news (she had had no word since his departure) than because he was
+breathlessly impatient once more to be serving the company's interests
+at Dog Arm.
+
+To Mary and her father Skipper Libe had with seamanlike courtesy
+abandoned the tiny cabin. The child was lying in the skipper's own
+berth--warmly covered, comfortably tucked in, provided with a book to
+read by the light of the swinging lamp.
+
+"Are you happy, dear?" her father asked.
+
+"Oh, yes!"
+
+The man took the child's hand. "I'm sometimes sorry," he said, "that
+we didn't wait for the mail-boat. The _Fish Killer_ is a pretty tough
+craft for a little girl to be aboard."
+
+"Sorry?" was the instant response, made with a little smile. "I'm not.
+I'm glad. Isn't Cape Grief close to leeward? Well, then, father, we're
+half way home. Think of it! _We're--half--way--home!_"
+
+The father laughed.
+
+"And we might have been waiting at St. John's," the child continued,
+her blue eyes shining. "Oh, father, I'd rather be aboard the _Fish
+Killer_ off Grief Head than in the very best room of the Crosbie Hotel.
+Half way home!" she repeated. "Half way home!"
+
+"Half way is a long way."
+
+"But it's half way!"
+
+"On this coast," the father sighed, "no man is home until he gets
+there."
+
+"It's a fair wind."
+
+"And the fog as thick as mud."
+
+"But they've reefed the mains'l; they've stowed the stays'l; they've
+got the tops'l down. Haven't you heard them? I've been listening----"
+
+"_What's that!_" Robinson cried.
+
+It was a mere ejaculation of terror. He had no need to ask the
+question. Even Mary knew well enough what had happened. The _Fish
+Killer_ had struck an iceberg bow on. The shock; the crash forward;
+the clatter of a falling topmast; the cries on deck: these things were
+alive with the fearful information.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+ _The Crew of the Fish Killer Finds Refuge on an Iceberg,
+ and Discovers Greater Safety Elsewhere, after Which
+ the Cook is Mistaken for a Fool, but puts the Crew to
+ Shame_
+
+
+ROBINSON caught the child from the berth. He paused--it was an instinct
+born of Labrador experience--to wrap a blanket about her, though she
+was clothed for the day. She reminded him quietly that she would catch
+cold without her cap; and this he snatched in passing. Then he was on
+deck--in the midst of a litter from aloft and of a vast confusion of
+terrified cries.
+
+Before she struck, the _Fish Killer_ had ascended a gently shelving
+beach of ice, washed smooth by the sea. There she hung precariously.
+Her stem was low, so low that the choppy sea came aboard and swamped
+the cabin; and the bow was high on the ice. Her bowsprit was in
+splinters, her topmast on deck, her spliced mainmast tottering; she was
+the bedraggled wreck of a craft.
+
+Beyond, the berg towered into the fog, stretched into the fog; only a
+broken wall of blue-white ice was visible. The butt of the bowsprit
+overhung a wide ledge. To scramble to the shattered extremity, to hang
+by the hands, to drop to safe foothold: this would all have been easy
+for children. The impulse was to seek the solid berg in haste before
+the schooner had time to fall away and sink.
+
+Robinson ran forward.
+
+"Got that kid?" Skipper Libe demanded. "Ah, you has! Billy Topsail!" he
+roared.
+
+Billy answered.
+
+"Get ashore on that ice!" the skipper ordered.
+
+Billy ran out on the broken bowsprit and dropped to the berg. He looked
+back expectantly.
+
+"Take the kid!"
+
+A push sent Robinson on the same road. He dropped Mary into Billy's
+waiting arms. Then he, too, looked back for orders.
+
+"Ashore with you!"
+
+Robinson swung by the hands and dropped. Before he let go his hands he
+had felt the vessel quiver and begin to recede from her position.
+
+"Now, men," said the skipper, "grub! She'll be off in a minute."
+
+Every man of them leaped willingly to the imperative duty. The food
+was in the forecastle and hold; they disappeared. Skipper Libe kept
+watch on deck. With the waves restless beneath her stern, the schooner
+was perilously insecure. She was gradually working her way back to the
+sea. The briefest glance below had already assured Skipper Libe that
+her timbers were hopelessly sprung.
+
+She was old--rotten with age and hard service. The water was pouring in
+forward and amidships; it ran aft in a flood, contributing its weight
+to the vessel's inclination to slip away from the berg. It was slow
+in the beginning, this retreat; but through every moment the movement
+was accelerated. Five minutes--four--three: in a space too brief to be
+counted upon she would be wallowing in the sea.
+
+"Haste!" the skipper screamed.
+
+Waiting was out of the question. The _Fish Killer_ was about
+to drop into the sea. Though the men had but tumbled into the
+forecastle--though as yet they had had no time to seize the food of
+which to-morrow would find them in desperate need--the skipper roared
+the order to return.
+
+"Ashore! Ashore!" he shouted.
+
+They came back more willingly, more expeditiously, than they had gone;
+and they came back empty-handed. Not a man among them had so much as a
+single biscuit.
+
+"Jim!" said the skipper.
+
+With that, Jim Tall, the cook, clambered out on the bowsprit. The
+others of the crew waited, each with an anxious eye upon the skipper.
+
+"Bill!"
+
+No sooner was Jim Tall at the end of the bowsprit than Bill was
+underway. The skipper grimly watched his terrified progress.
+
+"Jack!"
+
+In turn, Jack Sop scrambled out and dropped to the berg. The schooner
+was fast receding from the ledge. Alexander Budge, John Swan, Archibald
+Mann, completing the fishing crew, with the exception of Tom Watt, the
+first hand, and the skipper, won the ice.
+
+"Now, Tom!" said the skipper.
+
+"You, sir!"
+
+"Tom!" Skipper Libe roared; and you may be sure that Tom Watt waited no
+longer.
+
+Only the skipper was left. The change from his passive attitude--from
+his unbending, reposeful attitude, with a hand carelessly laid on the
+windlass--was so sudden and unequivocal that Jim Tall, the cook, who
+was ever the wag of the crew, startled even himself with laughter. It
+was instant. Skipper Libe in a flash turned from a petrified man into a
+terrified and marvellously agile monkey. He bounded for the bowsprit,
+nimbly ran the broken length of it, and there stood swaying. The vessel
+was now so far from the ledge, and so fast receding, that he paused.
+Delay had but one issue. This was so apparent that horror tied the
+tongues of the crew. Not a cry of warning was uttered. The situation
+was too intense, too brief, for utterance.
+
+"Tom," said the skipper to the first hand, "catch!"
+
+He leaped.
+
+"Skipper," said Tom Watt, in the uttermost confusion, an instant later,
+"glad t' see you! Come in! You isn't a minute too early."
+
+In this way, proceeding with admirable self-possession, the souls
+aboard the _Fish Killer_ jumped from the frying-pan. Whether or not
+it was into the fire was not for a moment in doubt. When the schooner
+had once fairly reached the sea, which immediately happened, she sank.
+They saw her waver, slowly settle, disappear; when her topmast went
+tottering under water the end had come.
+
+Whatever may be said of a frying-pan, nobody can accuse the crew of the
+_Fish Killer_ of having come within reach of a fire. Aboard the berg
+it was cold--awfully cold. Icebergs carry an atmosphere of that sort
+even into the Gulf Stream; they radiate cold so effectively that the
+captains of steamers take warning and evade them. It was cold--very,
+very cold. There was nothing to temper the numbing bitterness of the
+situation. And what the night might bring could only be surmised.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Though they were born to lives of hardship and peril, though they had
+long been used to the chances of the sea, not one of the castaways had
+ever before fallen into a predicament so barren of hope. Flung on an
+iceberg, adrift on the wild North Atlantic, derelict where no ships
+passed, at the mercy of the capricious winds, without food or fire:
+there seemed to be no possibility of escape. But for a time they did
+not despair; and, moreover, for a time each felt it a high duty to make
+light of the situation, to joke of cold-storage and polar bears, that
+the spirits of the others might be encouraged. As dusk approached,
+however, the ghastly humour failed. Ruin, agony, grief, imminent death;
+in the moody silence, they dwelt, rather, upon these things.
+
+It was not yet dark when a faint shock, a hardly perceptible shiver,
+a crash from aloft, a subsiding rumble, apprised the castaways of a
+portentous change of condition.
+
+"What's that, now?" growled the cook.
+
+It was a cruelly anxious moment. Only the event itself would determine
+whether or not the berg was to turn turtle. They waited.
+
+"She's grounded, I 'low!" exclaimed the skipper.
+
+There was no further disturbance. Whatever had happened, the
+equilibrium of the berg had been maintained.
+
+"I'm thinkin'," said the skipper, "that I'll take a little look about."
+
+The skipper's "little look about" developed what appeared to be a
+saving opportunity. The berg had grounded; it had also jammed a
+wandering pack of drift-ice against the land. What that shore was,
+whether mainland or island, the skipper did not wait to ascertain; it
+was sufficient for him to know that the survivors of the _Fish Killer_
+might escape from a disintegrating berg to solid ground.
+
+He returned, breathless, with the enlivening news; and in lively
+fashion, which almost approached a panic, the castaways abandoned the
+berg. It was a hard, painful, dangerous scramble, made in the failing
+light, and the cook had an unwelcome bath in the icy water between
+two pans; but it had a successful issue. Before dark, they were all
+ashore--more hopeful, now, than they had been, but still staring death
+in the face.
+
+So curious was Skipper Libe that, taking advantage of the last of the
+light, he set out to discover the character of the refuge. He returned
+discouraged.
+
+"'Tis but a rock," said he. "'Tis no more than a speck o' land."
+
+Then night fell. Robinson's little daughter was by this time on the
+point of succumbing to the exposure. Cold, hunger and despair had
+reduced her to a pitiable silence. She was in the extremity of physical
+exhaustion. They made a deep hollow in the snow in the shelter of a
+declivity of rock; and there they bestowed her, gladly yielding their
+jackets to provide her with such comfort as they could. But this was
+small mitigation of the hardship. The child was still hopeless and
+cold. It was sadly apparent that she could not survive the night. And
+Robinson knew that to-morrow and to-morrow--a long stretch of days--lay
+before them all. There was no hope for a frail body; weakness was
+death. In his heart he frankly admitted that he was about to lose his
+child.
+
+He lay down beside her. "Mary, dear," he pleaded, "don't give up!"
+
+She pressed his hand.
+
+"Don't give up!" he repeated.
+
+A wan smile came and went. "I can't help it," she whispered.
+
+Skipper Libe and his men withdrew. It was now near midnight. The fog
+was lifting. Stars twinkled in patches of black sky. Low towards the
+seaward horizon the moon was breaking through the clouds.
+
+Suddenly the cook sat bolt upright. "Skipper," he demanded, "where is
+we?"
+
+"On the Devil's Teeth."
+
+"An' what rock's this?"
+
+"This?"
+
+"Ay--_this_!"
+
+"I'd not be s'prised," the skipper answered, "if 'tis what they calls
+the Cocked Hat."
+
+"Feather's Folly!" roared the cook.
+
+"Which?" said the skipper, suspiciously.
+
+The cook was on his feet--dancing in glad excitement. "Feather's
+Folly!" he shouted "Feather's Folly!"
+
+"Catch un!" said the skipper, quietly. "He've gone mad."
+
+They set upon the poor cook. Before he could escape they had him fast.
+He was tripped, thrown, sat upon.
+
+"Don't let him up," the skipper warned. "He'll do hisself hurt. Poor
+man!" he sighed. "He've lost his senses."
+
+"Mad!" screamed the cook. "_You're_ mad. Feather's Folly! We're saved!"
+
+"Hold un tight," said the skipper.
+
+But the cook was not to be held. He wriggled free and bolted. Billy
+Topsail and all took after him, the skipper in the lead; and by the
+dim, changing light of that night he led them a mad chase over rock and
+through drifted snow. They pursued, they headed him off, they laid hold
+of his flying coat-tail; but he eluded them, dodged, sped, doubled.
+If he were mad, there was method in his madness. He was searching
+every square yard of that acre of uneven rock. At last, panting and
+perspiring, he came to a full stop and turned triumphantly upon his
+pursuers. He had found what he sought.
+
+"Mad!" he laughed. "Who's mad, now? Eh? Who's crazy?"
+
+The crew stared.
+
+"Who's crazy?" the cook roared. "Look at that! What d'ye make o' that?"
+
+"It looks," the skipper admitted, "like salvation!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Old man Feather had indeed "seen that it wouldn't happen again." He
+had provided for castaways on the Cocked Hat. There was a tight little
+hut in the lee of the Bishop's Nose; within, there were provisions
+and blankets and fire-wood and candles. Moreover, in the sprawling,
+misspelled welcome, tacked to the wall, there was even the heartening
+information that "seegars is in the kityun tabl." The passengers and
+crew of the _Fish Killer_ were soon warm and satisfied. They spent
+a happy night--a night so changed, so cozy, so bountiful, that they
+blessed old man Feather until their tongues were tired. And old man
+Feather, himself, who kept watch on the Cocked Hat with a spy-glass,
+took them off to Hulk's Harbour in the clear weather of the next day.
+
+"An' did you find the cigars, skipper?" he whispered, with a wide,
+proud grin.
+
+"Us did."
+
+"An' was they good? Hist! now," the old fellow repeated, with a wink of
+mystery, "_wasn't_ they good?"
+
+"Well," the skipper drawled, not ungraciously, you may be sure, "the
+cook made bad weather of it. But he double-reefed hisself an' lived
+through. 'Twas the finest an' the first cigar he ever seed."
+
+The old man chuckled delightedly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+ _In Which the Clerk of the Trader Tax Yarns of a Madman
+ in the Cabin_
+
+
+THE trading-schooner _Tax_ of Ruddy Cove had come down from the
+Labrador. She was riding at anchor in the home harbour, with her hold
+full of salt fish and the goods in her cabin run sadly low. Billy
+Topsail, safely back from Feather's Folly, and doomed by the wreck of
+the _Fish Killer_ to spend the summer in the quieter pursuits of Ruddy
+Cove, had gone aboard to greet the crew. There was hot tea on the
+forecastle table, and the crew was yarning to a jolly, brown grinning
+lot of Ruddy folk, who had come aboard. It was Cook, the clerk, a
+merry, blue-eyed little man, who told the story of the madman in the
+cabin.
+
+"We were lying in Shelter Harbour," said he, "waiting for a fair wind
+to Point-o'-Bay. It was coming close to night when they saw him leaping
+along shore and kicking a tin kettle as though 'twas a football. I was
+in the cabin, putting the stock to rights after the day's trade. I
+heard the hail and the skipper's answering, 'Ay ay! This is the trader
+_Tax_ from Ruddy Cove.' Then the skipper sung out to know if I wanted a
+customer. Customer? To be sure I wanted one!
+
+"'If he has a gallon of oil or a pound of fish,' said I, 'fetch him
+aboard.'
+
+"'He looks queer,' said the skipper.
+
+"'Queer he may look,' said I, 'and queer he may be, but his fish will
+be first cousins to the ones in the hold, and I'll barter for them.'
+
+"With that the skipper put off in the punt to fetch the customer; but
+when he drew near shore he lay on his oars, something puzzled, I'm
+thinking, for the customer was dancing a hornpipe on a flat rock at the
+water's edge, by the first light of the moon.
+
+"'Have you got a fish t' trade?' said the skipper.
+
+"'Good-evenin', skipper, sir,' said the queer customer, after a last
+kick and flourish. 'I've a quintal or two an' a cask o' oil that I'm
+wantin' bad t' trade away.'
+
+"He was rational as you please; so the skipper was thrown off his
+guard, took him aboard, and pulled out.
+
+"'You're quite a dancer,' said he.
+
+"'Hut!' said the man. 'That's nothin' at all. When the moon's full an'
+high, sir, I dances over the waves; an' when they's a gale blowin' I
+goes aloft t' the clouds an' shakes a foot up there.'
+
+"'Do you, now?' said the skipper, not knowing whether to take this in
+joke or earnest.
+
+"'Believe _me_, sir,' said the man, with the gravest of faces, 'I'm a
+wonderful dancer.'
+
+"I was on deck when they came aboard. It was then dusk. I noticed
+nothing out of the ordinary in my customer's appearance. He was a
+large, big-boned man, well supplied with fat and muscle, and capable,
+as I thought at the moment, of enduring all the toil and hardship to
+which the men of that coast are exposed. The skipper handed him over to
+me without a word of warning, and went below to the forecastle, for the
+wind was blowing cold and misty."
+
+"Oh, well," the skipper broke in from his place in a bunk, "how could I
+tell that he was mad?"
+
+"Whatever, Skipper Job," the clerk resumed, with a twinkle in his eye,
+"I took him into the cabin, and the crew and you were snug enough in
+the forecastle, where no hail of mine could reach you. It was not
+until then," he resumed, "when the light of the cabin lamp fell full
+upon him, that I had a proper appreciation of my customer's size and
+strength--not until then that I marked the deathly pallour of his face
+and the strange light in his eyes. He was frowsy, dirty, dressed in
+ragged moleskin cloth; and he had a habit of looking to right and left
+and aloft--anywhere, it appeared, but straight in my face--so that I
+caught no more than a red flash from his eyes from time to time. I felt
+uneasy, without being able to account to myself for the feeling; so,
+anxious to be well rid of him, I asked, abruptly, in what I could serve
+him.
+
+"'I'm thinkin' you'll not be havin' the thing I wants,' said he.
+
+"That touched me on a tender spot. 'I'm thinking,' said I, 'that we've
+a little of all that you ever thought of.'
+
+"'I don't think you has,' said he, 'but 'twould be best for you if you
+had.'
+
+"There was a hidden meaning in that. Why should it be best for me?
+
+"'And what is it?' said I.
+
+"''Tis a spool o' silk thread,' said he, soberly, 't' bind the fairies
+with--the wicked fairies that tells me t' do the things I don't want
+t'. If you've any o' _that_, sir, I'll take all you got aboard, for I
+wants it bad.'
+
+"'Come, now, my man,' said I sharply, 'stop your joking. I'm tired, and
+in no humour for it. What is it you want?'
+
+"'I'm not jokin', sir,' said he. 'I wants a spool o' green silk thread
+t' lash the wicked fairies t' the spruce trees.'
+
+"I could not doubt him longer; there was too much longing, too much
+hopelessness, in his voice for that. He was demented; but there are
+many men of that coast whom lonely toil has driven mad, but yet who
+live their lives through to the natural end, peaceable folk and good
+fishermen, and I thought that this poor fellow had as good a right to
+trade with me as the sanest man in Shelter Harbour.
+
+"'We've no green silk thread, sir,' said I, 'that will securely lash
+fairies to spruce trees. But if you want anything else, and have fish
+to trade, I'll take them.'
+
+"'I wisht you had the thread,' said he.
+
+"'Why?' said I.
+
+"''Twould be best for you,' said he with a sigh. 'If I could tie the
+wicked fairies up, I wouldn't have t'--have t'--do it. But,' he went
+on, 'as you haven't any thread, I'll take some calico t' make a new
+dress for my brother's little maid.'
+
+"A certain look of cunning, which overspread his face at that moment,
+alarmed me. I thought I had better find out what the wicked fairies had
+to do with me.
+
+"'Did you meet the fairies to-night?' said I.
+
+"'Ay,' said he. 'I met the crew o' wicked ones on my way through the
+bush.'
+
+"'And what did they tell you?' said I.
+
+"He signed to me to be silent; then he closed the cabin door and came
+close to the counter, behind which I stood, with no way of escape open.
+
+"'Has you got a loaded gun?' he whispered hoarsely.
+
+"His face was close to mine. In his eyes, which were now steady, two
+live, red coals were glowing. I fell back from him, frightened; for
+I now knew what work the wicked fairies had assigned to him for that
+night. Poor fellow! Frightened though I was, I pitied him. I saw his
+distress, and pitied him! He was fighting manfully against the impulse;
+but it mastered him, at last, and I realized that my life was in grave
+danger. I was penned in, you know, and--they call me 'little Cook'--I
+was no match for him.
+
+"'No,' said I. 'I've no gun.'
+
+"'Has you got a knife?' said he.
+
+"'Sorry,' said I; 'but I'm sold out of knives.'
+
+"'Has you got a razor?' said he.
+
+"It was high time to mislead him. I saw an opportunity to escape.
+
+"'Is it razors you want?' I cried. 'Sure, I've some grand ones--big
+ones, boy, sharp ones, bright ones. I keep them in the forecastle where
+'tis dry. So I'll just run up to fetch the lot to show you.'
+
+"His eyes glistened when I spoke of the brightness and sharpness of
+those razors. With a show of confidence, I jumped on the counter and
+swung my legs over. But he pushed me back--so angrily, indeed, that I
+feared to precipitate the encounter if I persisted.
+
+"'Don't trouble, sir,' said he. 'I'll find something that'll answer.
+Ha!' said he, taking an axe from the rack and 'hefting' it. 'This will
+do.'
+
+"'But I'm wanting to wash my hands, anyway,' said I.
+
+"''Twill make no difference in the end,' said he quietly.
+
+"I speak of it calmly now; but when I found myself alone in the cabin
+with that poor madman--found myself behind the counter, with no
+defensive weapon at hand, with my life in the care of my wits, which
+are neither sharp nor ready--I was in no condition for calm thought. To
+hail the skipper was out of the question; he would not hear me, and the
+first shout would doubtless excite the big man in the moleskin clothes
+beyond restraint. My hope of escape lay in distracting his attention
+from the matter in hand until the skipper should come aft of his own
+notion. But I made one effort in another direction.
+
+"'Did you say _green_ silk thread or _blue_?' said I.
+
+"'I said green, sir.'
+
+"'Did you, now?' I exclaimed. 'Sure, I thought you said blue. We've no
+blue, but we've the green, and you'll be able to lash the fairies to
+the spruce trees, after all.'
+
+"As a matter of fact, we had a few spools of silk thread, and one of
+them was green--a bad stock, as I knew to my cost, for I had long been
+trying to dispose of them.
+
+"''Tis too late,' said he.
+
+"'No, no!' said I. 'You'll surely not be letting the fairies drive you
+like that. You can take the green thread and lash them all up on the
+way home.'
+
+"'No,' he said doggedly; ''tis too late. What they told me to do I must
+do before the clock strikes.'
+
+"'Strikes what?' said I.
+
+"'Twelve,' said he.
+
+"With what relief did I hear this! Twelve o'clock? It was now but
+eight. The skipper would come aft long before that hour.
+
+"''Tis a long time to wait,' said I. 'I'll make up my bunk, and you may
+lie down a bit and rest.'
+
+"'It lacks but twelve minutes of the hour,' said he. 'They's a clock
+hangin' behind you, sir.'
+
+"He indicated a cheap American alarm clock. It was the last of a half
+dozen I had kept hanging from the roof of the cabin. I had kept them
+wound up, for the mere pleasure of hearing their busy ticking, but
+had never set them--never troubled to keep them running to the right
+time. When I looked up I was dismayed to find that the clock pointed to
+twelve minutes to twelve o'clock!
+
+"''Tis not the right time,' I began. ''Tis far too----'
+
+"'Hist!' said he. 'Don't speak. You've but eleven minutes left.'
+
+"Thus we stood, the fisherman with his back to the door and the axe
+in his hand, and myself behind the counter, while the cheap American
+alarm clock ticked off the minutes of my life. Eleven--ten--nine! They
+were fast flying. I could think of no plan to dissuade him--no ruse
+to outwit him. Indeed, my mind was occupied more with putting the
+blame on that lying clock than with anything else. I had determined,
+of course, to make the best fight I could--to blow out the light at
+the moment of attack, dive under the counter, catch my man by the
+legs, overturn him and escape by the door or there fight it out. Nine
+minutes--eight--seven! At that moment I caught a long hail from the
+shore.
+
+"'Schooner ahoy! Ahoy!'
+
+"I do not think the fisherman heard it. It was too faint--too far off;
+and he was too intent upon the thing he was to do.
+
+"'Six minutes, sir,' said he.
+
+"I wondered if Job had heard. The hail was repeated. Then I heard
+Skipper Job answer from the deck. At that the fisherman started; but
+his alarm passed in a moment.
+
+"'Ahoy!' shouted Skipper Job.
+
+"'Has you got a strange man aboard?' came from the shore.
+
+"'Yes, sir,' Job called.
+
+"'Watch him,' from the shore. 'He's mad.'
+
+"'Oh, he's all right,' Job called. 'He's harmless.'
+
+"Then silence. My hope of relief vanished. I should have to make the
+fight, after all, I thought.
+
+"'Five minutes, sir,' said the madman.
+
+"Had Skipper Job gone below again? Or would he come aft? For two
+minutes not a word was said. My customer and I were waiting for the
+first stroke of twelve. Soon I heard voices forward; then the tramp
+of feet coming aft over the deck--treading softly. They paused by the
+house, and the whispering ceased. Was it a rescue, or was it not? I
+could not tell. The men above seemed to have no concern with me. But,
+indeed, they had.
+
+"'John, b'y,' a strange voice called, 'is you below?'
+
+"''Tis me brother Timothy,' my customer whispered. 'I must be goin'
+home.'
+
+"'John, b'y, is you below?'
+
+"'Ay, Timothy!'
+
+"'Come up, b'y. I'm goin' ashore now, an' 'tis time you was in bed.'
+
+"My customer put up the axe, and, with a sign to me to keep silence,
+went on deck, with me following. He jumped in the punt, as docile as a
+child, gave us all good-night, and was rowed ashore. We did not see him
+again; for the wind blew fresh from the nor'west in the morning, and by
+night we were anchored at Point-o'-Bay. Whether or not the fairies had
+commanded the poor fellow to kill me at twelve o'clock, I do not know.
+He did not say so; but I think they had."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+ _In Which a Pirate's Cave grows Interesting, and Two
+ Young Members of the Ethnological and Antiquarian
+ Club of St. John's, Undertake an Adventure under the
+ Guidance of Billy Topsail_
+
+
+THERE landed in Ruddy Cove, that summer, two youngsters from St.
+John's on a vacation--city schoolboys both: not fisher lads. They were
+pleasant fellows, and were soon fast friends with Billy Topsail and the
+lads of the place, by whom they were regarded with some awe, but still
+with great friendliness.
+
+"Hello!" the visitors exclaimed, when they clapped eyes on Billy.
+"Where you going?"
+
+"Fishin'."
+
+"Take us, won't you, please?"
+
+Billy Topsail grinned.
+
+"Won't you?"
+
+"I don't know," said Billy. "I 'low so."
+
+They went to the grounds; and the day was blue, and the sea was quiet,
+and Billy Topsail and the schoolboys had a marvellously splendid time;
+so they were all friends together from that out.
+
+Tom Call and Jack Wither were members of what they called, with no
+little pride, "The Ethnological and Antiquarian Club of St. John's."
+The object of this club of lads was, in the beginning, to preserve
+relics of the exterminated Beothuk tribe; but to the little collections
+of stone implements and flint-lock guns were soon added collections
+of mineral specimens, of fossils, of stamps, of fish and shells and
+sea-weeds, of insects, of old prints and documents--in short, of
+everything to which an inveterate collector might attach a value.
+
+Wherever they went in the long vacation, whether to the coast or to
+the interior, not one of them but kept an eye open for additions to
+the club collections; and, though much of what they brought back had
+to be rejected, it was not long before they had the gratification
+of observing an occasional reference to "the collections of the
+Ethnological and Antiquarian Club" in the city newspapers.
+
+All this accounts for the presence of Tom Call and Jack Wither in the
+Little Tickle Basin, in the thick of the islands off Ruddy Cove, one
+vacation day, and for their interest in a rusted iron mooring-ring,
+which was there sunk in the rock.
+
+"And nobody knows who put it there?" Tom asked, curiously fingering the
+old ring.
+
+"No," replied Billy Topsail, who had taken them over; "but they says
+'twas the pirates put it there, long ago."
+
+"Pirates!" cried Tom. "Do they say that?"
+
+"'Twas me grandfather told me so."
+
+It may be that pirates harboured in the Little Tickle Basin in the days
+when they made the Caribbean Sea a fearsome place to sail upon. When
+the Newfoundland coast was remote, uninhabited, uncharted, no safer
+hiding place could have been found than that quiet little basin, hidden
+away among the thousand barren islands of the bay. If, as they say,
+every pirate had his place of refuge, the iron ring is some evidence,
+at least, that a buccaneer was accustomed to fly to the basin when
+pursuit got too persistent and too hot for him.
+
+"Of course!" said Tom, when they were sailing back to Ruddy Cove. "How
+else can you account for that ring? I bet you," he concluded, "that
+dozens of pirates had dens on this coast."
+
+"Now, Tom," said Jack, "you know as well as I do that that's just a
+little too----"
+
+"Well," he interrupted, "everybody knows that pirates used to come
+here. You'll find it in the histories. It wouldn't surprise me to learn
+that there is a cave around here."
+
+"There is," said Billy Topsail.
+
+"There!" cried Tom, his eyes shining. "I told you so!"
+
+"'Tis a wonderful curious place, too," Billy went on. "You has t'
+crawl through a hole t' get inside. Sure, the hole is no bigger than a
+scuttle. You could close it with a fair sized rock. But once you gets
+through, the cave is as big as a room. 'Twould hold a score o' men very
+comfortable."
+
+Tom gave Jack a meaning glance. Then he turned to Billy Topsail.
+
+"Can you take us there?" he asked.
+
+"I don't know as I could. I've only _heered tell_ they was a cave like
+that."
+
+"And you've never been there?"
+
+"Not me."
+
+Tom's face fell--fell so suddenly and to an expression so woeful that
+Jack laughed outright, though he sympathized with Tom's disappointment.
+
+"But I knows a man that _has_ been there," Billy continued. "He's the
+man that found it. 'Tis like, now, that he's the only man that's ever
+been inside."
+
+"Then the place isn't well known?"
+
+"So far as I can tell, nobody knows it but ol' Joe West."
+
+When they ran Billy's punt to old Joe West's stage, at Ruddy Cove, that
+night, Joe was inside, splitting the day's catch of cod. They broached
+the object of their visit without delay. Would he guide them to the
+cave at Little Tickle Basin? But Joe shook his head. The squid were in
+the harbour, and the fish were taking the bait in lively fashion. The
+loss of a day's catch was "beyond thinkin' of."
+
+"Do you know the bearings?" Tom asked.
+
+"T' be sure. 'Tis very simple t' get near the spot; but 'tis wonderful
+hard t' find the hole. 'Tis all overgrown. You might hunt for a year,
+I'm thinkin', an' never find it. When you does find it, it takes a deal
+o' nerve t' crawl in. 'Tis that dark an' damp! You keeps thinkin' all
+the time, too, that something will fall over the hole an' shut you in.
+If you crawls through," Joe concluded, impressively, "be sure one o'
+you stays outside."
+
+"But we've no chart of the place," Tom complained.
+
+"If you've paper an' a bit o' pencil," said Skipper Joe, "I'll draw you
+one."
+
+Here is what he drew:
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Skipper Joe, of course, carefully explained his drawing. "Does you see
+where the arrow points?" said he. "Well, 'tis there. You gets the head
+o' that little rock in line with the point, at high water, an' there
+you are. The cliff is rough, an' covered with a growth o' spruce. The
+hole is about half way up, openin' off a mossy ledge. You'll have t'
+pry around a wonderful lot t' find it."
+
+"What's it like inside?" Tom asked, eagerly.
+
+"Well, they is a deal o' birch bark scattered around, an' a lot o'
+broken rock. I saw that by the light of a match; but I was too scared
+t' stay long, an' I haven't never been there since."
+
+Billy Topsail agreed to sail the sloop to Little Tickle Basin on the
+next day. Then the boys walked home by the road, much excited. Indeed,
+Tom, who was of an imaginative and enthusiastic turn, was fairly
+transported. No flight of fancy was too high for him--no hope too wild.
+The chart passed from his hand to Jack's and back again a hundred
+times. The crude, strange drawing, with its significant arrow, touched
+all the pirate tales with reality.
+
+"If it had been only a cave, without a rusted mooring-ring, it wouldn't
+have been so much," said Tom. "But with the ring--_with_ the ring, my
+boy--a narrow, hidden passage to a cave means a great deal more."
+
+Jack asked Tom what he was "driving at."
+
+"I think," said he calmly, "that there is buried treasure there."
+
+Jack scoffed.
+
+"Very well," said Tom; "but you must remember that these discoveries
+come unexpectedly. They're _stumbled_ on. You can't expect to find a
+sign-post near buried treasure."
+
+That night they lay awake for a long time. Tom and Jack were
+bed-fellows at Ruddy Cove. Struck by a simple idea, Jack awoke his
+friend.
+
+"Tom," said he, "I think we'll find something there."
+
+"Spanish gold or English?" Tom asked, sleepily.
+
+"It will be _something_," Jack replied. "Something we want."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+ _In Which There is a Landslide at Little Tickle Basin and
+ Something of Great Interest and Peculiar Value is
+ Discovered in the Cave_
+
+
+NOON of the next day found the three boys at Little Tickle Basin, with
+the punt moored to the mysterious ring. Many a vessel had floated in
+that snug berth before, no doubt. But whose? And what flag did they
+fly? When the tide was at the full, the boys set off across the basin
+in the punt; and they were soon ashore, with the head of the little
+rock in line with the point of land, as the chart directed.
+
+"Now for it!" cried Tom.
+
+And up the cliff he started, Jack following, with Billy Topsail, who
+was quite as deeply stirred as they, bringing up the rear, a pick in
+one hand and a shovel in the other. It was not hard climbing. The
+declivity could hardly be called a cliff. Rather, it was a hill, rising
+sharply from the water's edge--steep, strewn with broken rock, loose
+turf and decaying stumps, and overgrown with moss and ill-nourished
+shrubs. Jack was impressed with the instability of the whole mass.
+
+"If it weren't for the juts of naked rock," he thought, with some
+alarm, "this stuff would all slip into the water, like snow from the
+roof of a house."
+
+But he was far too deeply interested in the search to dwell upon such
+speculation, however threateningly the imagination might present
+the possibilities. They all kept to the perpendicular line, from
+their landing place to the crest of the hill; and they searched
+painstakingly, tearing aside the shrubs, peering under overhanging
+rocks, prying into dark holes. It was all without reward. At last, Jack
+came to the top of the hill. Tom was below him, following a narrow
+ledge; and Billy Topsail, now wearied of the search, was sitting on a
+boulder, lower down.
+
+"Hello, Tom!" Jack shouted. "What luck?"
+
+Jack caught hold of a shrub, and leaned outward, in an attempt to catch
+sight of Tom.
+
+"Nothing yet," Tom answered.
+
+Then Jack's feet, which had been resting on an insecure footing of
+loose stones, shot from under him. He clung to his shrub and held his
+position, but in the effort he dislodged a small boulder, which went
+crashing down, dislodging earth and the accumulations of broken rock in
+its course. He had started a little avalanche; and the most he could do
+was to cry a horrified warning and watch it go rolling down, growing
+greater as it went.
+
+"Tom!" he called. "Oh, Tom!"
+
+This time there was no answer. Dead silence followed the frantic call
+and the plunge of the avalanche into the water. What had become of Tom?
+Billy Topsail, who had found shelter in the "lee" of the boulder upon
+which he had been sitting, suggested, when Jack joined him, that Tom
+had been swept into the water by the flood of stones and earth. Jack
+scouted the suggestion. Had he not watched the course of that selfsame
+flood? Tom had been on the ledge. He must still be there--unconscious,
+probably, and unable to answer to the call of his name.
+
+"We'll look there first, at any rate," he determined.
+
+A great part of the avalanche had lodged on the ledge. Stones and moss
+and new earth lay in slanting heaps in many places; but of Tom's body
+there was no sign.
+
+"He've been swep' into the water, I fears," Billy declared.
+
+"Or buried on the ledge," said Jack.
+
+Jack called to his friend again. While they listened, straining their
+ears for the remotest response, he had his eye fixed on a remnant of
+the avalanche near by. To his unbounded astonishment, he perceived
+evidences of some disturbance within the heap. The disturbance suddenly
+developed into an upheaval. A foot and an ankle shot out. A moment
+later Billy Topsail had that foot and its mate in his hands and was
+hauling with small regard for the body behind.
+
+It was Tom.
+
+"I've found the cave!" he gasped, when they had set him on his feet,
+profusely perspiring, flushed and exceedingly dirty. "But what's up?
+How did I get shut in there? Part of the hill slipped away! I _thought_
+it was a landslide. I found the hole, and started to crawl in, to make
+sure that it was the place before I said anything. Then I heard a
+racket; and then the light was shut out. I thought I might as well go
+on, though, and find out afterwards what had happened. So on I went.
+And it's the cave, boy!" he cried. "When I made sure of that," he
+went on, "I wanted to get out in a hurry. I was afraid to crawl into
+that hole head foremost--afraid of being jammed. Of course, I knew
+that something had fallen over the mouth of it; and I thought I could
+kick the thing out of the way just as easily as I could push it, and
+meantime have all the air there was. So out I came, feet first. Have
+you got that pick and shovel, Billy? Let's clear this stuff away from
+the hole and go in."
+
+"What's in there, Tom?" Jack asked.
+
+"You'll soon find out."
+
+They left Billy Topsail outside, as a precaution against entombment.
+Tom went first with the lantern. When, looking along the passage, Jack
+saw a flare of light, he followed. The passage was about six feet
+long, and so narrow that he could not quite go upon hands and knees.
+He squirmed through, with his heart in his mouth, and found himself,
+at last, in a roomy chamber, apparently rough-hewn, wherein Tom was
+dancing about like a wild Indian.
+
+"Pirate gold!" he shouted. "Pirate gold!"
+
+"Where is it?" Jack cried, believing, for the moment, that he had
+discovered it in sacks.
+
+"Dig, boy!" said Tom. "It's underground."
+
+At any rate, a glance about, by the light of the lantern, discovered no
+treasure. It was underground, if it were anywhere. So they set about
+unearthing it without delay. But there was no earth--nothing but broken
+rock. The shovel was of small use; they took turns with the pick,
+labouring hard and excitedly, expecting, momentarily, to catch the
+glitter of gold. Occasionally, the strength of both was needed to lift
+some great, obstinate stone out of the way; but, for the most part,
+while one wielded the pick, the other removed the loosened rock.
+
+"What in the world is this thing?" Tom asked.
+
+He had taken a round, brown object from the excavation. Suddenly he let
+it drop, with a little cry of horror, and started to his feet. Jack
+picked it up and held it close to the lantern.
+
+"Pirates!" whispered Tom, now utterly horrified.
+
+"Last night," said Jack, "I told you that we'd find _something_. We've
+found it."
+
+"We've found a pirates' den," said Tom.
+
+"No," Jack replied, handing him the skull; "we've found a Beothuk
+Indian burial cave. We've struck it rich for the Ethnological and
+Antiquarian Club!"
+
+"Well," Tom admitted, ruefully, "that's _something_!"
+
+Struck it rich? Indeed, they had! The most valuable part of the
+collection of Indian relics, now in the club's museum, came from that
+cave. The excavation occupied three days; and at the end of it, when
+they laid their treasures out at Ruddy Cove, they were thrown into a
+transport of delight. In addition to the skeleton remains, which have
+since served a highly useful purpose, they had found stone hatchets,
+knives, spearheads, clubs, and various other implements of warfare and
+the hunt; three clay masks, a curious clay figure in human form, and
+three complete specimens of Indian pottery, with a number of fragments.
+
+The rusted iron mooring-ring has never been explained.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+ _In Which Billy Topsail Determines to go to the Ice
+ in the Spring of the Year and Young Archibald
+ Armstrong of St. John's is Permitted to Set Out
+ Upon an Adventure Which Promises to be Perilous but
+ Profitable_
+
+
+IN the winter when he was fifteen years old, Billy Topsail determined
+to go to the ice with the great sealing fleet in the spring, if it
+could be managed by hook or crook. His father had no objection to make.
+The boy was old enough to look out for himself, he knew; and he was
+sure that the experience would complete the process of making a man of
+him.
+
+"Go, b'y," said he, "if you can."
+
+There was the difficulty. What sealing captain would take a lad of
+fifteen when there were grown men to be shipped? Billy was at a loss.
+But he determined, nevertheless, that he would go to the ice, and
+selected Long Tom Harbour as a promising port to sail from, for it was
+near by and well known. From Long Tom Harbour then, he would go seal
+hunting in the spring of the year if it could be managed by a boy with
+courage and no little ingenuity.
+
+"Oh, I'll go _somehow_!" said he.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was twilight of a blustering February day. Sir Archibald Armstrong,
+the great St. John's merchant, sat alone in his office, with his chair
+drawn close to the low, broad window, which overlooked the wharves
+and the ice-strewn harbour beyond; and while the fire roared and the
+wind drove the snow against the panes, he lost himself in profound
+meditation. He stared absently at the swarm of busy men--now almost
+hidden in the dusk and storm--and at the lights of the sealing fleet,
+which lay there fitting out for the spring voyage to the drift-ice of
+the north; but no sound of the activity on deck or dock could disturb
+the quiet of the little office where the fire blazed and crackled and
+the snow fell softly against the window panes.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," a clerk interrupted, putting his head in at the
+door. "Cap'n Hand, sir."
+
+Captain Hand, of the sealing ship _Dictator_, was admitted. He was a
+thick, stubby, hammer-fisted, fiery-faced old man, marked with the
+mark of the sea. His eyebrows made one broad black band of wiry hair,
+stretching from temple to temple, where they grew in the fashion of
+two sharp little horns; and he had a habit of dropping them over his
+little red eyes, as if in a passion--but nobody was deceived by that;
+for, save in moments of righteous anger, the light of good humour
+still shone in the little red eyes, however fiercely they flashed. The
+rest of his face was beard--a wilderness of gray beard; it sprang from
+somewhere below his shirt collar, and straggled in a tangled growth
+over his cheek-bones and neck.
+
+"Report t' you, sir," said he, in a surprisingly gruff voice; and
+at the same time he pulled the lobe of his right ear, which was his
+invariable manner of salute.
+
+Sir Archibald and Captain Hand were in close consultation for half an
+hour; during all of which time the burly captain's eyes were thickly
+screened by his eyebrows.
+
+"Oh, I sees, sir--I sees," said he, rising, at the end of it. "Oh, ay!
+Of course, sir--of course!"
+
+"And you'll take good care?" Sir Archibald began, almost tenderly.
+
+"Oh, ay!" heartily. "I ain't no nurse, as I tells you fair; but you
+needn't worry about _him_, sir."
+
+"His mother will be anxious. She'll hold you responsible, captain."
+
+Captain Hand violently pulled the lobe of his right ear, and turned to
+go. At the door he halted. "Tim Tuttle o' Raggles Island has turned up
+again, sir," he said, "an' wants t' be shipped."
+
+"Tuttle?" muttered Sir Archibald. "He's the man who led the mutiny on
+the _Never Say Die_. Well, as you will, captain."
+
+"Oh, I'll ship him!" said the captain, grimly; and with a last pull at
+his ear he disappeared.
+
+On the heels of the captain's departure came Archie. He was Sir
+Archibald's son; there was no doubt about that: a fine, hardy
+lad--robust, as every young Newfoundlander should be; straight, agile,
+alert, with head carried high; merry, quick-minded, ready-tongued,
+fearless in wind and high sea. His hair was tawny, his eyes blue and
+wide and clear, his face broad and good humoured. All this appeared as
+he pulled off his cap, threw back the flaps of his fur-lined overcoat,
+picked a stray thread from his knickerbockers, and, at last, eagerly
+approached his father.
+
+"You little dandy!" laughed his father.
+
+Archie laughed, too--and flushed. He knew that his father liked to poke
+fun at him because the cut of his coat, the knot in his cravat, the
+polish on his boots, were matters of such deep concern to the boy.
+
+"Oh, come now, father!" he protested. "Tell me whether I'm to go or
+not."
+
+For reply, Sir Archibald gravely led his son to the window. It was his
+purpose to impress the boy with the wealth and power (and, therefore,
+with the responsibilities) of the firm of Armstrong and Son.
+
+"Come," said he; "let us watch them fitting out the fleet."
+
+The wealth of the firm was vast, the power great. Directly or
+indirectly, Sir Archibald's business interests touched every port
+in Newfoundland, every cove of the Labrador, the markets of Spain
+and Portugal, of the West Indies and South American Republics. His
+fishing-schooners went south to the Banks and north to the gray, cold
+seas off Cape Chidley; the whalers gave chase in the waters of the
+Gulf and of the Straits; the traders ran from port to port of all
+that rugged coast; the barques carried cod and salmon and oil to all
+the markets of the world. And when the ice came drifting down in the
+spring, the sealers scattered themselves over the waters of the North
+Atlantic.
+
+Archie looked into the dusk without, where lay the ships and wharves
+and warehouses that told the story.
+
+"They are mine," said Sir Archibald, gravely, looking deep into his
+son's wide-opened eyes. "Some day----"
+
+Archie was alarmed. What did it all mean? Why was his father so grave?
+Why had he boasted of his wealth?
+
+"They will be yours," Sir Archibald concluded. After a pause, he
+continued: "The firm has had an honourable career through three
+generations of our family. My father gave it to me with a spotless
+reputation. More than that, with the business he gave me the perfect
+faith of every man, woman and child of the outports. The firm has
+dealt with its fishermen and sealers as man with man; it has never
+wronged, or oppressed, or despised them. You are now fifteen years
+old. In September, you are going to an English public school, and
+thence to an English university. You will meet with new ideals. The
+warehouses and ships, the fish and fat, will not mean so much to you.
+You will forget. It may be, even--for you are something of a dandy, you
+know--that you will be ashamed to acknowledge that your father is a
+dealer in fish and seal-oil; that----"
+
+Archie drew breath to speak.
+
+"But I want you _to remember_," Sir Archibald went on, lifting his
+hand. "I want you to know a man when you meet one, whatever the clothes
+he wears. The men upon whom the fortunes of this firm are founded are
+true men. They are strong, and brave, and true. Their work is toilsome
+and perilous, and their lives are not unused to deprivation; but they
+are cheerful, and independent, and fearless, through it all--stout
+hearts, every one of them! They deserve respectful and generous
+treatment at the hands of their employers. For that reason I want
+you to know them more intimately--to know them as shipmates know one
+another--that you may be in sympathy with them. I am confident that you
+will respect them, because I know that you love all manly qualities.
+And so, for your good, and for their good, and for the good of the
+firm, I have decided that you may----"
+
+"That I may go?" Archie cried, eagerly.
+
+"With Captain Hand, of the _Dictator_, which puts out from Long Tom
+Harbour at midnight of March tenth."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+ _While Billy Topsail is About His Own Business Archie
+ Armstrong Stands on the Bridge of the Dictator and
+ Captain Hand Orders "Full Speed Ahead!" on the Stroke
+ of Twelve._
+
+
+AND so it came to pass that, at near midnight of the tenth of March,
+Archie Armstrong, warmly clad in furs, and fairly on fire with
+excitement, was aboard the staunch old sealer, at Long Tom, half way
+up the east coast. It was blowing half a gale from the open sea,
+which lay, hidden by the night, just beyond the harbour rocks. The
+wind was stinging cold, as though it had swept over immense areas of
+ice, dragging the sluggish fields after it. It howled aloft, rattled
+over the decks, and flung the smoke from the funnel into the darkness
+inland. Archie breasted it with the captain and the mate on the bridge;
+and he was impatient as they to be off from the sheltered water, fairly
+started in the race for the north, though a great gale was to be
+weathered.
+
+"Good-bye, Skipper John," he had said to John Roth, with whom he had
+spent the three days of waiting in this small outport. "I'll send you
+two white-coats (young seals) for Aunt Mary's sitting room, when I get
+back."
+
+"I be past me labour, b'y," replied John, who was, indeed, now beyond
+all part in the great spring harvest, "but I'll give you the toast o'
+the old days. 'Red decks, an' many o' them!'"
+
+"Red decks," cried Archie, quoting the old proverb, "make happy homes."
+
+"'Tis that," said old John, striking the ground with his staff. "An' I
+wish I was goin' along with you, b'y. There's no sealin' skipper like
+Cap'n Hand."
+
+The ship was now hanging off shore, with steam up and the anchor snugly
+stowed. Not before the stroke of twelve of that night was it permitted
+by the law to clear from Long Tom. Fair play was thus assured to all,
+and the young seals were protected from an untimely attack. It was a
+race from all the outports to the ice, with the promise of cargoes of
+fat to stiffen courage and put a will for work in the hearts of men:
+for a good catch, in its deeper meaning, is like a bounteous harvest;
+and what it brings to the wives and little folk in all the cottages of
+that cruel coast is worth the hardship and peril.
+
+"What's the time, Mr. Ackell?" said the captain to the mate,
+impatiently.
+
+"Lacks forty-three minutes o' the hour, sir," was the reply.
+
+"Huh!" growled the captain. "'Tis wonderful long in passin'."
+
+"The whole harbour must be down to see the start," Archie observed
+looking to the shore.
+
+"More nor that, b'y," said the captain. "I've got a Green Bay crew.
+Most two hundred men o' them, an' every last one o' them a mighty man.
+They's folk here from all the harbours o' the bay t' see us off. Hark
+t' the guns they're firin'!"
+
+All the folk left in Long Tom--the women and children and old men--were
+at the water-side; with additions from Morton's Harbour, Burnt Bay,
+Exploits and Fortune Harbour. Sailing day for the sealers! It was the
+great event of the year. Torches flared on the flakes and at the stages
+all around the harbour. The cottages were all illuminated with tallow
+candles. Guns were discharged in salute. "God speed!" was shouted from
+shore to ship; and you may be sure that the crew was not slow to return
+the good wishes. Archie marked one man in particular--a tall, lean
+fellow, who was clinging to the main shrouds, and shouting boisterously.
+
+"Well, we can't lose Tuttle," said the mate, with a grin, indicating
+the man in the shrouds.
+
+The captain frowned; and Archie wondered why. But he thought no more
+of the matter at the moment--nor, indeed, until he met Tuttle face to
+face--for the wind was now blowing high; and that was enough to think
+of.
+
+"Let it blow," said bluff Captain Hand. "'Tis not the _wind_ I cares
+about, b'y. 'Tis the ice. I reckon there's a field o' drift ice
+offshore. This nor'east gale will jam the harbour in an hour, an' I
+don't want t' be trapped here What's the time, now, Mr. Ackell?"
+
+"Twenty-seven minutes yet, sir."
+
+"Take her up off Skull Head. That's within the law."
+
+The drift ice was coming in fast. There was a small field forming about
+the steamer, and growing continuously. Out to sea, the night-light now
+revealed a floe advancing with the wind, threatening to seal tight the
+narrow harbour entrance.
+
+"If we have t' cut our way out," muttered the captain, "we'll cut as
+little as we can. Mr. Girth!" he roared to the second mate, "get the
+bombs out. An' pick a crew that knows how t' use 'em."
+
+The _Dictator_ moved forward through the gathering ice towards Skull
+Head; and the three other steamers, whose owners had chosen to make the
+start from Long Tom, followed slyly on her heels, evidently hoping to
+get to sea in her wake, for she was larger than they. When her engines
+were stopped off the Head, it lacked twelve minutes of sailing time.
+An unbroken field of ice lay beyond the harbour entrance, momentarily
+jammed there. Would the ship be locked in?
+
+"Can't we run for it, sir?" asked the mate. "'Tis but seven minutes too
+soon."
+
+"No," said the captain. "We'll lie here t' midnight t' the second. Then
+we'll ram that floe, if we have t'. Hear me?" he burst out, such was
+the tension upon patience. "We'll ram it! We'll ram it!"
+
+It appeared that they _would_ have to. Archie could hear the ice
+crunching as the floe pressed in upon the jam. Pans were lifted out of
+the water, and, under the mighty force of the mass behind, were heaped
+up between the rocks on either side of the narrows. The barrier seemed
+even now to be impassable; and it had yet seven minutes to gather
+strength. If it should prove too great to be broken, the fleet might
+be locked in for a week; and with every hour of delay the size of the
+prospective catch would dwindle. The captains of the nearer vessels
+were madly shouting to the old skipper of the _Dictator_ to strike
+before it was too late; but he gave them no heed whatever. He stood
+with his watch in his hand, waiting for the moment of midnight.
+
+"We're caught!" cried the mate.
+
+The captain said nothing. He was watching the jam--hoping that it would
+break of its own weight.
+
+"Three minutes, sir," said the mate.
+
+The captain glanced at the watch in his hand. "Two an' a half," he
+muttered, a moment later.
+
+A pause.
+
+"Midnight, sir!" cried the mate.
+
+"Go ahead!"
+
+Archie heard the tinkle of the bell in the engineer's room below: then
+the answering signal on the bridge. The crew raised a cheer; the mate
+pulled the whistle rope; there was a muffled hurrah from the shore.
+
+"Half speed! Port a little!"
+
+The steamer gathered headway. She was now making for the harbour
+entrance on a straight course.
+
+"Full speed!"
+
+Then the _Dictator_ charged the barrier.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+ _In Which Archie Armstrong falls in with Bill o' Burnt
+ Bay and Billy Topsail of Ruddy Cove and Makes a
+ Speech_
+
+
+THERE is no telling what would have happened had the _Dictator_ struck
+the jam of ice in the narrows of Long Tom Harbour. Captain Hand was not
+the man to lose half a voyage because there was a risk to be taken; had
+he been used to counting the risk, he would not have been in command
+of the finest ship in Armstrong and Son's fine fleet. Rather than be
+locked in the harbour, he had launched his vessel at the barrier,
+quietly confident that she would acquit herself well. But, as he had
+foreseen, the jam broke of its own weight before the steamer struck. Of
+a sudden, it cracked, and gave way; the key blocks had broken. It then
+remained only to breast the pack, which was not at all an impossible
+undertaking for the stout _Dictator_.
+
+With her rivals following close, she struck the floe, broke a way
+through, and pushed on, with a great noise, but slowly, surely; and she
+was soon in the open sea. The course was then shaped northeast, for it
+appeared that open water lay in that direction. The floe retarded the
+ship's progress, but could not stop it; the ice pans crashed against
+her prow and scraped her sides, but she was staunch enough to withstand
+every shock; and so, gaining on the rest of the fleet, she crept out to
+sea, in the teeth of the rising gale.
+
+At two o'clock in the morning, Archie Armstrong was still on the bridge
+with the captain and mate. The lights of the fleet were lost in the
+night behind. The _Dictator_ had laboured through the first field of
+ice into open water. The sea was dotted with great, white "pans,"
+widely scattered; and, as the captain had feared, there were signs of
+bergs in the darkness roundabout. The waves were rising, spume crested,
+on every hand; at intervals, they broke over the bows, port and
+starboard, with frightful violence. Gusts of wind whirled the spray to
+the bridge, where it soon sheathed men and superstructure in ice.
+
+"Send a lookout aloft, Mr. Ackell," said the captain, after he had long
+and anxiously peered straight ahead.
+
+The thud of ice, as the seas hurled it against the ship's prows, the
+hiss and crash of the waves, the screaming of the gale, drowned the
+captain's order.
+
+"Pass the word for Bill o' Burnt Bay!" he roared.
+
+A short, brawny man, of middle age, who had not missed a voyage to the
+ice in twenty years, soon appeared in response to the call, which had
+gone from mouth to mouth through the ship. Archie was inclined to smile
+when he observed Bill's unkempt, sandy moustache, which was curiously
+given an upward twist at one side, and a downward twist at the other.
+Nevertheless, he was strongly attracted to him; for he looked like a
+man who could be trusted to the limit of his courage and strength.
+
+"Take a glass t' the nest, b'y, an' look sharp for bergs," the captain
+ordered. "Don't stay up there. Come back an' report t' me here."
+
+The man went off with a brisk, "Ay, ay, sir!" It was his duty to
+clamber to the crow's-nest--a cask lashed to the topmast just below the
+masthead--and to sweep the sea for signs of bergs.
+
+"'Tis more than I bargained for, Mr. Ackell," the captain went on, to
+the mate, in an anxious undertone, which, however, Archie managed to
+catch; and it may be added that the lad's heart jumped into his throat,
+and had a hard time getting back into place again.
+
+"Dirty weather, sir!" the mate agreed. "I'm thinkin' we're close to
+some heavy ice."
+
+"Well," said the captain, after a pause, "keep her head as she points
+now. I'll have a look 'tween decks."
+
+Archie was tempted to ask the captain "if there was any danger." The
+foolish question was fairly on the tip of his tongue; but his better
+sense came to his rescue in time. Danger? Of course, there was! There
+was always danger. He had surely not come on a sealing voyage expecting
+none! But catastrophe was not yet inevitable. At any rate, it was the
+captain's duty to sail the ship. He was responsible to the owners, and
+to the families of the crew; the part of the passenger was but bravely
+to meet the fortune that came. So, completely regaining his courage,
+Archie followed the captain below.
+
+'Tween decks the stout hearts were rollicking still. The working crew
+had duty to do, every man of them; but the two hundred hunters, who had
+been taken along to wield gaff and club, were sprawled in every place,
+singing, laughing, yarning, scuffling, for all the world like a pack
+of boys: making light of discomfort, and thinking not at all of danger,
+for the elation of departure still possessed them. Had any misgiving
+still remained with Archie, the sight of this jolly, careless crowd
+of hunters would have quieted it. _They_ were not alarmed. Then, why
+should he be? Doubtless, it was responsibility that made the captain
+anxious.
+
+In the improvised cabin aft, Ebenezer Bowsprit, of Exploits, was
+roaring the "Luck o' the Northern Light," a famous old sealing song,
+which, no doubt, his grandfather had sung to shipmates upon similar
+occasions long ago. Rough, frank faces, broadly smiling, were turned
+to him; and when it came time for the chorus, willing voices and
+mighty lungs swelled it to a volume that put the very gale to shame.
+The ship was pitching violently--with a nauseating roll occasionally
+thrown in--and the cabin was crowded and hot and filled with clouds of
+tobacco smoke; but neither pitch, nor roll, nor heat, nor smoke, could
+interfere with the jollity of the occasion.
+
+"All right here," the captain growled, grinning in his great beard.
+
+"Speech, Sir Archie!" shouted one of the men.
+
+Before Archie could escape--and amid great laughter and uproar and
+louder calls for a speech--he was caught by the arm, jerked off his
+feet, and hoisted on the table, where he bumped his head, and, by an
+especially violent roll of the vessel, was almost thrown headlong into
+the arms of the grinning crowd around him.
+
+"Speech, speech!" they roared.
+
+Archie would have declined with some heat had he not caught sight of
+the face of Tim Tuttle--a tawny, lean, long man, apparently as strong
+as a wire rope. There was a steely twinkle in his eye, and a sneering,
+utterly contemptuous smile upon his thin lips. Archie did not know that
+this was Tuttle's habitual expression. He felt that the man expected a
+rather amusing failure on the part of Sir Archibald Armstrong's son;
+and that stimulated him to take the situation seriously. Unconsciously
+calling his good breeding to his aid, he pulled off his cap, smoothed
+his hair, touched his cravat, and--
+
+"Ahem!" he began; as he had heard the governor of the colony do a dozen
+times, and as now, to his surprise, he found most inspiring.
+
+"Hear, hear!" burst rapturously from old Ebenezer Bowsprit.
+
+[Illustration: HE WAS NEAR THE END OF THE SIXTEENTH VERSE.]
+
+Ebenezer was in a condition of high delight and expectation. Admiration
+shone in his eyes, surprise was depicted by his wide opened mouth,
+bewonderment by his strained attention. The sight of his face was too
+much for Archie.
+
+"Oh, what Tommy-rot!" he laughed. "Here, let me go! I can't (hold me
+up, or I'll fall) make a speech. ("Hear, hear!" from the awe-stricken
+Ebenezer.) All I got to say is that I'm (_please_ get a better hold on
+my legs, or I'll be pitched off) mighty glad to be here. I'm having the
+best time of my life, and I expect to have a better one when we strike
+the seals. (Loud and prolonged cheering.) I hope----"
+
+But, in the excitement following his last remark, the speaker's support
+was withdrawn, and a pitch of the ship threw him off the table. He was
+caught, set on his feet, and clapped on the back. Then he managed to
+escape with the captain, followed by loud cries of "More! More!" to
+which he felt justified in paying no attention.
+
+"You're your father's son," laughed the captain, as they made their way
+up the deck. "Sure, your father never in his life let slip a chance
+t' make a speech."
+
+In the forecastle they had a lad on the table under the lantern--a
+tow-headed, blue-eyed, muscular boy, of Archie's age, or less. He had
+on goatskin boots, a jacket of homespun, and a flaring red scarf. The
+men were quiet; for the boy was piping, in a clear, quavering treble,
+the "Song o' the Anchor an' Chain," a Ruddy Cove saga, which goes to
+the air of a plaintive West Country ballad of the seventeenth century,
+with the refrain,
+
+ "Sure, the chain 'e parted,
+ An' the schooner drove ashoare,
+ An' the wives o' the 'ands
+ Never saw un any moare.
+ No moare!
+ Never saw un any mo-o-o-are!"
+
+He was near the end of the sixteenth verse, and the men were drawing
+breath for the chorus, when the captain appeared in the door, wrath in
+his eyes.
+
+"What's this?" roared he.
+
+There was no answer. The lad turned to face the captain, in part
+deferentially, in part humorously, altogether fearlessly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+ _Billy Topsail is Shipped Upon Conditions, and the
+ Dictator, in a Rising Gale, is Caught in a Field of
+ Drift Ice, with a Growler to Leeward_
+
+
+"WHERE'D you come aboard, b'y?" Captain Hand demanded.
+
+"Long Tom, sir."
+
+"Who shipped you?"
+
+"I stowed away in a bunker, sir."
+
+"You're from Ruddy Cove?" said the captain.
+
+"Yes, sir. Me name's Billy, an' me father's a Labrador fisherman. Sure,
+I've sailed t' the French Shore, sir, an' I'm a handy lad t' work, sir."
+
+"Billy what?"
+
+"Topsail, sir."
+
+The captain raised his eyebrows; then dropped them, and stared at
+the boy. He had been before the mast with old Tom Topsail on a South
+American barque in years long gone.
+
+"You'll work hard, b'y," said he, severely, for he had been bothered
+with stowaways for thirty years, "an' I'll ship you regular, if you do
+your duty. If you don't," and here the captain frowned tremendously,
+"I'll have you thrashed at the post at Long Tom, an' you'll have no
+share with the crew in the cargo."
+
+"Ay, sir," said Billy, gladly. "Sure, I'll stand by it, sir."
+
+When the captain turned his back, out came the belated chorus, with
+young Billy Topsail leading:
+
+ "Sure, the chain 'e parted,
+ An' the schooner drove ashoare,
+ An' the wives o' the 'ands
+ Never saw un any moare.
+ No moare!
+ Never saw un any mo-o-o-are!"
+
+"If he's like his dad," the captain chuckled to Archie, as they mounted
+to the deck, "his name will be on the ship's books before the v'y'ge is
+over, sure enough."
+
+It appeared from the bridge that the gale was venting the utmost of its
+force. The wind had veered a point or two to the north, and was driving
+out of the darkness a vast field of broken ice. This, close packed and
+grinding, was bearing down swiftly. It threatened to block the ship's
+course--if not to surround her, take hold of her, and sweep her away.
+In the northeast, dead over the bows, there loomed a great white mass,
+a berg, grandly towering, with its peaks hidden in black, scudding
+clouds. Beyond, and on either side, patches of white, vanishing and
+reappearing, disclosed the whereabouts of other bergs.
+
+"I was thinkin' about slowin' down," said the mate, when the captain
+had scanned the prospect ahead.
+
+With that, some part of Archie's alarm returned. It continued with him,
+while the captain moved the lever of the signal box until the indicator
+marked half speed, while the ship lost way, and the engines throbbed,
+as though alive and breathing hard.
+
+"Report, sir!"
+
+This was Bill o' Burnt Bay, down from the crow's-nest, with his beard
+frozen to his jacket and icicles hanging from his shaggy eyebrows.
+
+"Well?"
+
+"They's a big field o' ice bearin' down with the wind. 'Tis heavy,
+an' comin' fast, an' 'tis stretchin' as far as I can see. They's five
+good-sized bergs ahead, sir, with pan ice all about them. An'----"
+
+"Growlers?" sharply.
+
+"An' they's a big growler off the port bow. 'Twill soon be dead t'
+leeward, if we keeps this course."
+
+Bill o' Burnt Bay lumbered down the ladder and made for the forecastle
+to thaw out. Meantime, the captain devoted himself to giving the
+growler a wide berth; for a growler is a berg which trembles on the
+verge of toppling over, and he had no wish to be caught between it and
+the advancing floe. He had once lost a schooner that way; the adventure
+was one of his most vivid recollections.
+
+"We'll have t' get out o' this, Mr. Ackell," he said, "or we may get
+badly nipped. We'll tie up t' the first steady berg we come to. Here,
+b'y," sharply, to Archie, "you'll not go t' bed for a while. Keep near
+me--but keep out o' the way."
+
+"Ay, ay, sir!"
+
+"Turn out all hands!"
+
+The cry of "All hands on deck!" was passed fore and aft. It ran through
+the ship like an alarm. The men trooped from below, wondering what had
+occasioned it. Once on deck, a swift glance into the driving night
+apprised these old sealers of the situation. They placed the ice hooks
+and tackle in handy places; for the work in hand was plain enough.
+
+The ship was swinging wide of the growler, against which the wind beat
+with mighty force. A vast surface was exposed to the gale; and upon
+every square foot a varying pressure was exerted. As the vessel drew
+nearer, Archie could see the iceberg yield and sway. It was evident
+that its submerged parts had been melted and worn until the equilibrium
+of the whole was nearly overset. A sudden, furious gust might turn the
+scale; and in that event a near-by vessel would surely be overwhelmed.
+
+Captain Hand kept a watchful eye on the ice pack, which had now come
+within a hundred fathoms, and was hurrying upon the advancing ship.
+The vessel was between the floe and the growler: a situation not to
+be escaped, as the captain had foreseen. The danger was clear: if the
+rush of the floe should be too great for the steamer to withstand, she
+would be swept, broadside on, against the berg, which, being of greater
+weight and depth, moved sluggishly. Stout as she was, she could not
+survive the collision.
+
+The captain turned her bow to the pack; then he signalled full speed
+ahead. There was a moment of waiting.
+
+"Grab the rail, b'y," said the captain.
+
+"Ay, ay, sir!"
+
+The floe divided before the ship; the shock was hardly perceptible. For
+a moment, where, at the edge, the ice was loose, she maintained her
+speed. But the floe thickened. The fragments were packed tight. It was
+as though the face of the sea were covered with a solid sheet of ice,
+lying ahead as far as sight carried into the night. The ship laboured.
+Her speed diminished, gradually, but perceptibly--vividly so! Her
+progress was soon at the rate of half speed. In a moment it was even
+slower than that. Would it stop altogether?
+
+Archie was on the port side of the bridge. The captain walked over to
+him and slapped him heartily on the back.
+
+"Well, b'y," he cried, "how do you like the sealin' v'y'ge?"
+
+That was a clever thought of the captain! Here was a man in desperate
+case who could await the issue in light patience. The boy took heart at
+the thought of it; and he needed that encouragement.
+
+"I knew what it was when I started," he replied, with a gulp.
+
+"Will she make it, think you?"
+
+Another clever ruse of this great heart! He wanted the boy to have a
+part in the action. Archie felt the blood stirring in his veins once
+again.
+
+"She's pretty near steady, sir, I think," he replied, after a pause.
+
+The two leaned over the rail and looked intently at the ice sweeping
+past.
+
+"Are we losing, sir?" asked the boy.
+
+"I think we're holdin' our own," said the captain, elatedly.
+
+The boy turned to the great growler, now vague of outline in the dark.
+The ice floe had swept over the limit of vision. He wondered if it
+had struck the base of the berg. Then all at once the heap of cloudy
+white swayed forth and back before his eyes. For a moment it was like
+a gigantic curtain waving in the wind. It vanished of a sudden. A
+mountain of broken water shot up in its place--as high as its topmost
+pinnacle had been; and, following close upon its fall, another berg,
+with a worn outline, reared itself, dripping streams of water.
+
+Thus far there had been no sound; but the sound beat its way against
+the wind, at last, and it was a thunderous noise--"like the growlin' of
+a million dogs," the captain said afterwards. The growler had capsized.
+
+"Look!" the boy cried, overcome.
+
+"Turned turtle, ain't she?" remarked the skipper, calmly.
+
+"The pack might have carried us near it!"
+
+"Oh," said the captain, lightly, "but it didn't. She's a good ship, the
+_Dictator_. What's more," he added, "she's makin' her way right through
+the pack."
+
+Another berg had taken form over the port quarter. The captain shaped
+a course for it, eyeing it carefully as he drew near. It was low--not
+higher than the ship's spars--and broad, with the impression of
+stability strong upon it.
+
+"See that berg, b'y?" said the captain. "Well," decisively, "we'll lie
+in the lee o' that in half an hour. You see, b'y," he went on, "the
+wind makes small bother for a solid berg. It whips the pan ice along,
+easy enough, but the bergs float their own way, quiet as you please. In
+the lee of every big fellow like that, there's open water. We'll lie
+there, tied up, till mornin'."
+
+In half an hour, the ship broke from the ice into the lee of the berg.
+The floe raced past under the force of the gale, which left the lee air
+and water untouched by its violence. Skillful seamanship brought the
+vessel broadside to the ice. A wild commotion ensued: orders roared
+from the bridge, signal bells, the shouts of the line men, the hiss of
+steam, and the churning of the screw. Archie saw young Billy Topsail
+scramble to the ice like a cat, with the first line in his hand: then
+Bill o' Burnt Bay and half a dozen others, with axes and hooks.
+
+In twenty minutes the engines were at rest, the ship was lying like a
+log in a mill pond, the watch paced the deck in solitude, and Archibald
+Armstrong was asleep in his berth in the captain's cabin--dreaming that
+the mate was wrong and the captain right: that the gale had abated in
+the night, and the morning had broken sunny.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+ _In Which Archie Armstrong and Billy Topsail Have an
+ Exciting Encounter with a Big Dog Hood, and, at the
+ Sound of Alarm, Leave the Issue in Doubt, While the
+ Ice Goes Abroad and the Enemy Goes Swimming_
+
+
+HAIR seals, which come out of the north with the ice in the early
+spring, and drift in great herds past the rugged Newfoundland coast,
+returning in April, have no close, soft fur next the skin, such as the
+South Sea and Alaskan seals have. Hence, they are valued only for their
+blubber, which is ground and steamed into oil, and for their skin,
+which is turned into leather. They are of two kinds, the harp which is
+doubtless indigenous to the great inland sea and the waters above, and
+the hood, which inhabits the harsher regions of the farther north and
+east. The harp is timid, gentle, gregarious, and takes in packs to the
+flat, newly frozen, landward pans; the hood is fierce, quarrelsome and
+solitary, grimly riding the rough glacier ice at the edge of the open
+sea.
+
+Thus the _Dictator_ lay through the night with hood ice all about the
+sheltering berg.
+
+"Hi, b'y! Get yarry (wide awake)!" cried the captain, in the morning.
+
+Archie Armstrong was "yarry" on the instant, and he rolled out of his
+berth in hot haste, not at all sure that it was not time to leave a
+sinking ship in the boats. The hairy face of the old sealer, a broad,
+kindly grin upon it, peered at him from the door.
+
+"Morning, skipper!"
+
+"Mornin' t' you, sir. An' a fine mornin' 'tis," said the captain. "Sure
+a finer I never saw."
+
+"What's become of the gale?"
+
+"The gale's miles t' the sou'east--an' out o' sight o' these latitudes.
+We're packed in the lee o' the berg, an' fast till the wind changes.
+There's a family o' hoods, quarter mile t' starboard. Up, now, b'y! an'
+you'll go after them with a crew after breakfast."
+
+When Archie reached the deck, the air was limpid, frosty and still.
+There was a blue sky overhead, stretching from horizon to horizon. A
+waste of ice lay all about--rough, close-packed, glistening in the
+sun. With the falling away of the wind the floe had lost its headway,
+and had crept softly in upon the open water. The ship was held in the
+grip of the pack, and must perforce remain for a time in the shadow of
+the berg, where shelter from the gale of the night had been sought.
+Save for the watch of that hour, the men were below, at breakfast. The
+"great white silence" possessed the sea. For the boy, this silence,
+vast and heavy, and the immeasurable area of broken ice, with its
+pent-up, treacherous might, was as awe-impelling as the gale and the
+night.
+
+"What d'ye think, Mr. Ackell?" said the captain to the mate, when the
+two came up.
+
+Ackell looked to the northeast. "We'll have wind by noon," he replied.
+
+"'Tis what I think," the captain agreed. "Archie, b'y, you'll have a
+couple of hours, afore the ice goes abroad. Bowsprit 'll take the crew,
+an' you'll do what he tells you."
+
+Ebenezer Bowsprit, with half a dozen cronies of his own choosing, led
+the way over the side, in high good humour. In the group on the deck
+stood Billy Topsail. He eyed Archie with frank envy as the lad prepared
+to descend to the ice; for to participate in the first hunt, generally
+regarded as pure sport, was a thing greatly to be desired. He was
+perceived by Archie, who was at once taken with a wish for company of
+his own age.
+
+"Captain," the boy whispered, "let the other kid come along, won't you?"
+
+"Topsail," the captain ordered, "get a gaff, an' cut along with the
+rest."
+
+In five minutes, the boys had broken the ice of diffidence, and were
+chatting like sociable magpies, as they crawled, jumped, climbed, over
+the uneven pack. They were Newfoundlanders both: the same in strength,
+feeling, spirit, and, indeed, experience. The one was of the remote
+outports, where children are reared to toil and peril, which, with
+hunger, is their heritage, and must ever be; the other was of the city,
+son of the well-to-do, who, following sport for sport's sake, had made
+the same ventures and become used to the same toil and peril.
+
+"'Tis barb'rous hard walkin'," said Billy.
+
+"Sure," replied the other. "And they're getting away ahead of us."
+
+Ebenezer Bowsprit and his fellows, with the lust of the chase strong
+upon them, were making great strides towards three black objects some
+hundred yards away. It was a race; for it is a tradition that he
+who strikes the first blow of the voyage will have "luck" the season
+through. The boys were hopelessly behind, and they stopped to look
+about them. It was then that Billy Topsail spied a patch of open water,
+to the left, half hidden by the surrounding ice. It was a triangular
+hole in the floe, formed by three heavy blocks, which had withstood the
+pressure of the pack.
+
+"Look!" he cried.
+
+A head, small and alert, raised upon a thick, supple neck, appeared. A
+moment later, a second head popped out of the water. They were hoods.
+The young one, the pup, must lie near. The boys stood stock still until
+the seals had clambered to the pack. Then they advanced swiftly. Billy
+Topsail was armed with a gaff, which is a pole shod with iron at one
+end and having a hook at the other; and Archie was provided with a
+sealing club. They came upon the dog hood before he could escape to the
+water. Perceiving this, and only on this account, he turned, snarling,
+to give fight.
+
+"I'll take him!" cried Billy.
+
+The hood was as big as an ox--a massive, flabby, vicious beast. He
+was furiously aroused, and he would now fight to the death, with no
+thought of retreat. He raised himself on his flippers and reared his
+head to the length of his long neck, as the boy, stepping cautiously,
+gaff poised, drew near.
+
+[Illustration: THEN HE ADVANCED UPON THE BOY.]
+
+"Get behind him," Billy shouted to Archie.
+
+Billy advanced fearlessly, steadily, never for a moment taking his eyes
+from the hood's head. Upon that head, from the nose to the back of the
+neck, the tough, bladder-like "hood" was now inflated. It was a perfect
+protection; the boy might strike blow after blow without effect. The
+stroke must be thrust at the throat; and it must be a stroke swiftly,
+cunningly, strongly delivered. A furious hood, excited past fear, is a
+match for three men. The odds were against the lad. He had been carried
+away by his own daring.
+
+But Billy made the thrust, and the seal received the point of the gaff
+on his hood, as upon a shield: then advanced on his flippers, by jerky
+jumps, snapping viciously. Archie cried out. But Billy had skipped
+out of harm's way, and had faced about, laughing. He returned to the
+attack, undismayed, though the seal reared to meet him, with bared
+teeth.
+
+"Strike!" screamed Archie.
+
+Teeth and flippers were to be feared, and Billy had drawn nearly within
+reach of both. He paused, waiting his opportunity. Archie could not
+contain his excitement.
+
+"Strike!" he cried again.
+
+Billy struck; but the blow had no force, for he slipped, overreached,
+lost his footing, and fell sprawling, almost within reach of his
+adversary's teeth. The seal snarled and drew back, startled. Then he
+advanced upon the boy, who had had no time to recover, much less to
+scramble out of his desperate situation.
+
+It was for Archie to act. He leaped forward from his position behind
+the seal, struck the animal with full force upon the tail, and darted
+out of reach. The hood snorted, and turned in a rage to face his new
+assailant. Billy leaped to his feet, gaff in hand, and faced about,
+panting, but ready. He was preparing to attack again, when--
+
+"What's that?" Archie cried in alarm.
+
+It was the boom of the ship's gun, followed by an ominous, hollow
+crackling, which ran into the distance like a long peal of thunder. The
+floe seemed to be turning.
+
+"'Tis goin' abroad!" Billy shouted. "Quick, b'y! T' the ship!"
+
+The boys had been out of sight of the ship, hidden by a shoulder of
+the berg. They had not seen the flag of recall, which had been flying
+for ten minutes. Again they heard the report of the gun; and they saw
+Ebenezer Bowsprit and his men making shipwards with all speed. Billy
+was fully aware of the danger. With another warning cry to Archie, he
+started off on a run, turning from time to time to make sure that his
+companion was following.
+
+The ice was nauseatingly unstable, grinding and shifting; but no open
+water had as yet appeared, though, at any moment, a lane might open up
+and cut off the retreat. The floe was feeling the force of a wind in
+the north, and was stirring itself from edge to edge. It would soon be
+shaken into its separate parts. But with Billy Topsail leading, the
+boys ran steadily over the heaving foothold, and in good time came to
+the ship, which the rest of the hunting party had already boarded.
+
+Billy Topsail was laughing.
+
+"I don't feel that way," said Archie, "we were in a good deal of
+danger."
+
+Billy laughed louder.
+
+"Well, we _were_, weren't we?" Archie demanded.
+
+"Maybe," said Billy; "but you'll get used t' _that_!"
+
+They were not a moment too soon, however; for the pack very quickly
+fell apart--thus opening a way for the escape of the _Dictator_. And
+meantime, the gallant old dog hood had followed the retreating figures
+with his eyes: after which, well satisfied with himself, he slipped
+into the water and went fishing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+ _The Dictator Charges an Ice Pan and Loses a Main Topmast_
+
+
+"CAST loose!" was the order from the bridge.
+
+The men scrambled to the berg and released the lines and ice-hooks.
+The pack was still loosening under the rising breeze. To the east,
+separating the sky from the ice, lay a long black streak--the water
+of the open sea; a clear way to the broad, white fields. Once free of
+the floe, the ship would speed northward to the Yellow Islands and
+Cape William coasts. In a day and a night, the weather continuing
+propitious, it would be, "Ho! for the ice. Ho! for the seals."
+
+A lane of water opened up. "Go ahead," was the signal from the master
+on the bridge, and the ship moved forward, with her nose turned to the
+sea.
+
+"Ha, Mr. Ackell!" exclaimed the captain, rubbing his horny hands.
+"Looks t' be a fine time, man. We'll make the Yellow Islands at dawn
+t'-morrow, if all goes well."
+
+When the _Dictator_ had followed the lane to within one hundred yards
+of free water, the advance was blocked by a great pan of ice, tight
+jammed in the pack on either side. So fast and vagrantly was the floe
+shifting its formation that what had been a clear path was now crossed
+by a mighty barrier. Here was no slob ice to be forged through at full
+steam, but a solid mass, like a bar of iron, lying across the path.
+
+The ship was taken to the edge of the obstruction, and the captain and
+mate went forward to the bow to gauge the strength of it. When they
+came back to the bridge, the former had his teeth set.
+
+"It's stiff work for the old ship," said the mate.
+
+The captain growled as he pulled the signal lever for full speed astern.
+
+"Take half a day to cut a way through," he said. "We'll ram it. Here,
+b'y," to Archie, "get off the bridge. You're in the way."
+
+Archie joined Billy Topsail on the forward deck. Neither had yet
+experienced a charge on a pan of ice; but both had listened, open eyed,
+to the sealing tales of daring that had brought disaster.
+
+"I feel queer," Archie remarked.
+
+"Cap'n Hand," said Billy, as though trying to revive his faith in the
+old skipper, "he's a clever one. 'Tis all right."
+
+"Make fast below," the captain shouted over the bridge rail.
+
+The word was passed in a lively fashion. Tackle, boats, and all things
+loose, were lashed in their places, as if for a great gale.
+
+"Stop!" was the next signal. Then: "Full speed ahead!"
+
+The blow had been launched! A moment later, the _Dictator_ was
+ploughing forward, charging the pan, which she must strike like a
+battering ram, and shiver to pieces. She was of solid oak, this good
+ship, and builded for such attacks; steel plates would buckle and
+spring under such shocks as she had many times triumphantly sustained.
+The men were silent while they awaited the event. There was not a sound
+save the hiss of the water at the ship's prows, and the _chug-chug_ of
+the engines.
+
+Archie caught his breath. His eyes were fixed on the fast vanishing
+space of water. The thrill of the adventure was manifest in Billy
+Topsail's sharp, quick breathing, and in his blue eyes, which were as
+though about to pop out of their sockets.
+
+"Stop!"
+
+The engines abruptly ceased their labour. Only a fathom or two of water
+lay ahead. The ship was about to strike. There was a long drawn instant
+of suspense. Then came the blow!
+
+It was a fearful shock. The vessel quivered, crushed her way on for a
+space, and stopped dead, quivering still. A groan ran over her, from
+stem to stern, as though she had been racked in every part. The main
+topmast snapped and fell forward on the rigging with a crash.
+
+A volley of cracks sounded from the ice, like the discharge of a
+thousand rifles, slowly subsiding. Dead silence fell and continued for
+a moment. Then the screw churned the water, and the ship backed off,
+sound, but beaten; for the pan of ice lay, unbroken and unchanged, in
+its place, with but a jagged bruise, where the blow had been struck.
+
+"Aloft, there, some o' you, an' cut away that spar!" the captain
+shouted. "Bill, get below, an' see if she's tight. Here, you, Dickson,
+call the watch t' make sail. Mr. Girth," to the second mate, "take a
+crew t' the ice. Blast that pan in three places. Lively, now, every man
+o' you!"
+
+Roaring subordinates, answering "Ay, ay, sirs!" rattling blocks and
+chains, the fall of hurried feet, cries of warning and encouragement,
+the engine's gasps: these sounds confounded the confusion, and
+continued it, while the ship, snorting like a frightened horse, was
+backed to her first position.
+
+"He'll try it again," Archie gleefully observed to Billy.
+
+The captain was pacing the bridge. Try it again? He was in a fever of
+impatience to be at it! It was as though the pan of ice were a foe
+needing only another and a heavier blow to be beaten down.
+
+"Sure," said Billy, after a glance to the bridge, "he'll hit that pan
+till he smashes it, if it takes till Tibb's Eve!"
+
+"Tibb's Eve?"
+
+"Sure, b'y. Does you not know what that is? 'Tis till the end o' the
+world."
+
+The ship was again to be launched against the pan. The second mate took
+the blasting crew to the ice in the quarter boat; and he lost no time
+about it, as the captain made sure. Up aloft went other hands to cut
+away the broken spar and loose the canvas. Work was carried on under
+the spur of the captain's harshened voice; for the captain was in a
+passion to prove the quality of his ship.
+
+The ice picks were plied as fast as arms could swing them. Soon the
+mines were laid and fired. And when the dust of ice had fallen, and
+the noise of the explosion had gone rumbling into the distance, three
+gaping holes marked the pan at regular intervals from edge to edge.
+
+"She's all tight below, sir," was the carpenter's report.
+
+"Now, Mr. Ackell," said the captain, grimly, "in ten minutes we'll be
+free o' the ice, or----"
+
+They made all sail. After a quiet word or two of command, forth the
+ship shot, heeling to the breeze, wind now allied with steam. Her
+course was laid straight for the jagged bruise in the pan. There was
+no stopping her now. The ice was cracked and shivered into a thousand
+pieces. The ship forged on, grinding the cakes to fragments, heaping
+them up, riding them down. She quivered when she struck, and strained
+and creaked as she crushed her way forward, but she crept on,
+invincible, adding inch to inch, foot to foot, until she swept out into
+the unclogged water.
+
+Then she shook the ice from her screw, and ran grandly into the
+swelling sea.
+
+"Hurrah!" the stout hearts roared.
+
+"Hem--hem! Mr. Ackell," said the captain, with some emotion, "'tis a
+great ship!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It occurred to Archie that night, while he sat munching hard biscuit
+with the captain before turning in, to ask a few questions about Tim
+Tuttle. What was the matter with the man? Why did he go about with a
+sneer or a frown forever on his face? Why was he not like all the rest
+of the crew? Why did the crew seem to expect him to "do" something? Why
+did the captain flush and bristle when Tuttle came near?
+
+"Oh," the captain replied, with a laugh, "Tuttle had a fallin' out with
+me when we was young. I think," he added, gravely, "that he wronged me.
+But that's neither here nor there. I forgave him. The point is--an'
+I've often run across the same thing in my life--that he won't forgive
+_me_ for forgivin' _him_. That's odd, isn't it? But it's true. An' he's
+aboard here t' make trouble; an' the men know that that's just what he
+came for."
+
+"But what did you ship him for, captain, if you knew that?"
+
+The captain paused. "Well," he said, "because I'm only a man, I s'pose.
+I couldn't help knockin' the chip off his shoulder."
+
+"Do you think he _can_ make trouble?"
+
+"I'd like t' see him try!" the captain burst out, wrathfully.
+
+Tuttle's opportunity occurred the next day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+ _In Which Seals are Sighted and Archie Armstrong has a
+ Narrow Chance in the Crow's-Nest._
+
+
+AT peep o' dawn the _Dictator_ made the Groais Island sealing grounds.
+The day broke late and dull. The sky was a dead gray, hanging heavily
+over a dark, fretful sea; and there was a threat of wind and snow in
+the air.
+
+"Ice, sir!" said the mate, poking his head into the captain's cabin,
+his ceremony lost in his elation.
+
+"Take her 'longside," cried the captain, jumping out of his berth.
+"What's it like?"
+
+"Looks like a big field o' seal ice, sir."
+
+"Hear that, b'y?" the captain shouted to Archie, who was sitting up in
+his berth, still rubbing his eyes. "A field o' ice! There'll be a hunt
+t'-day. Mr. Ackell, tell the cook t' send the breakfast up here. What's
+the weather?"
+
+"Promisin' thick, sir."
+
+When the captain and the boy went on deck, the ice was in plain
+sight--many vast fields, rising over the horizon continually, so that
+there seemed to be no end to it. From the crow's-nest it had been
+reported to the mate, who reported to the captain, that the spars of
+a three-masted ship were visible, and that the vessel was apparently
+lying near the ice. That was considered bad news--and worse news yet,
+when it was reported from the crow's-nest that she was flying the
+house-flag of Alexander Bryan & Company, the only considerable rival of
+the firm of Armstrong and Son.
+
+"Oh, well," said the captain, making the best of it in a generous way,
+"there'll be 25,000 seals in that pack, an' out o' that we ought t' bag
+enough t' pay both of us for the day's work."
+
+Archie caught sight of Billy Topsail, who was standing on the forward
+deck, gazing wistfully at him; so he went forward, and the two found
+much to say to each other, while the ship made for the ice under full
+steam. They fought the fight with the dog hood over again; and when
+Billy had acknowledged a debt to Archie's quick thought, and Archie had
+repudiated it with some heat, they agreed that the old seal had been
+a mighty fellow, and a game one, deserving his escape from continued
+attack. Then they abandoned the subject.
+
+"Pretty hard work on the ice," Archie observed, sagely.
+
+"Sure!" Billy exclaimed; for that had been clear to him all his life.
+"'Tis fearful dangerous, too. When my father was young, he was to the
+ice in a schooner, an' they got caught with the fleet in raftin' ice[7]
+offshore, up Englee way. He saw six schooners nipped; an' they were all
+crushed like an egg, an' went down when the ice went abroad. His was
+the only one o' all the fleet that stood the crush."
+
+"Think you'll share with the crew, Billy?"
+
+"I want to," Billy said with a laugh. Then, soberly: "I want to, for
+I want t' get a skiff for lobster-fishin' in New Bay. They's lots o'
+lobsters there, an' they's no one trappin' down that way. 'Tis a great
+chance," with a sigh.
+
+The captain beckoned Archie to the upper deck. "Tell me, now," he said,
+when the boy reached his side, "can you go aloft?"
+
+"Yes," Archie answered, laughing scornfully. "I'm no landsman!"
+
+"True word, if you're son of your father! Then get up with the bar'l
+man, an' take a trick at swatchin'. 'Tis cold work, but great sport."
+
+"Swatching" is merely the convenient form for "seal watching." It
+appeared to Archie that to swatch with the barrel man must be a highly
+diverting occupation. He was not slow to mount the rope ladder to the
+masthead, and slip into the cask with the swatcher, who chanced to be
+Bill o' Burnt Bay and vociferously made him welcome.
+
+"See anything yet?" asked the boy.
+
+"I'll show you them swiles (seals) in a minute or two," Bill replied
+confidently.
+
+Archie was closely muffled in wool and fur; but the wind, which was
+bitter and blowing hard, searched out the unprotected places, and in
+five minutes he was crouching in the cask for shelter, only too glad to
+find an excuse in the swatcher's advice.
+
+"H-h-h-how l-l-long you been h-h-here?" he chattered.
+
+"Sure, b'y," said Bill, with no suspicion of a shiver in his voice,
+"'tis goin' on two hours, now."
+
+"P-p-pretty cold, i-i-isn't it?"
+
+Bill o' Burnt Bay did not reply. His eye was glued to the telescope,
+which fairly shook in his hands. Then he leaned over the rim of the
+cask, altogether disregarding its instability.
+
+"Seals ho!" he roared.
+
+A cheer went up. Looking down, Archie saw the men swarming to the deck.
+
+"Take a look at them harps, b'y," said Bill, excitedly. "No! Starboard
+the glass. There! See them?"
+
+Archie made out a myriad of moving specks--black dots, small and great,
+shifting about over a broad white surface. They were like many insects.
+He saw Alexander Bryan & Company's vessel, too; and it appeared to him
+that the men were just landing on the ice to attack the pack.
+
+"That's the _Lucky Star_," Bill explained. "She's a smaller ship than
+we, an' she've got about a hundred men, I s'pose. Never fear, lad,
+we'll be up in time t' get our share o' the swiles."
+
+"I-I-I-I g-g-guess I'll g-g-go down, now," said Archie.
+
+Half an hour of exposure in the crow's-nest had chilled the lad to
+numbness. His blood was running sluggishly; he was shivering; his legs
+were stiff, and his hands were cold and uncertain in their grip. He
+climbed out of the cask, and cleverly enough made good his footing on
+the platform of the nest. It was when he essayed the descent that he
+erred and faltered.
+
+He had a full, two-handed grip on the topmast backstays, and was secure
+in searching with his foot for the rope ladder lashed thereto. But when
+his foot struck, he released his left hand from the stays, without
+pausing to make sure that his foot was firm-fixed on the rung. His foot
+missed the rung altogether, and found no place to rest. In a flash, he
+had rolled over, and hung suspended by one hand, which, numb though it
+was, had unexpectedly to bear the weight of his whole body.
+
+"Be careful goin' down, b'y," he heard Bill o' Burnt Bay say.
+
+The voice seemed to come out of a great distance. Archie knew, in a
+dim way, that the attention of the man was fixed elsewhere--doubtless
+on the herd of harps. Then he fell into a stupefaction of terror.
+It seemed to him, in his panic, that Bill would never discover his
+situation; that he must hang there, with his grip loosening, instant by
+instant--until he fell.
+
+He was speechless, incapable of action, when, by chance, Bill o' Burnt
+Bay looked down. The sealer quietly reached over the cask and caught
+him by the collar; then lifted him to the platform, and there held him
+fast. Each looked silently, tensely, into the other's eyes.
+
+"'Tis a cold day," said Bill, dryly.
+
+Archie gasped.
+
+"Tough on tender hands, b'y," said Bill.
+
+"Yes," gasped the lad, in a hoarse whisper.
+
+There was a long silence, through which the swatcher looked Archie in
+the eye, holding him tight all the while.
+
+"'Tis not wise t' be in a hurry, sometimes," he observed, at last.
+
+The boy waited until he could view the necessity of descent with
+composure. Then, with extreme caution, he made his way to the deck, and
+went to the cabin, where he warmed himself over the stove. Apparently,
+the incident had passed unnoticed from the deck. He said nothing about
+it to the captain, nor to any one else; nor did Bill o' Burnt Bay, who
+had an adequate conception of the sensitiveness of lads in respect to
+such narrow chances.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[7] A floe of pans so forcibly driven by the wind as to be crowded into
+layers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+ _The Ice Runs Red, and, in Storm and Dusk, Tim Tuttle
+ Brews a Pot o' Trouble for Captain Hand, While Billy
+ Topsail Observes the Operation_
+
+
+MEANTIME the ship drew near the ice. When Archie came again on deck,
+his nerves quite composed, she was being driven in and out through
+the fields to a point as near to the first seal pack as she could be
+taken--a mile distant, at the least. During this tedious search for
+a landing place, the crew's eager excitement passed the bounds of
+discipline. The men could see the crew from Alexander Bryan & Company's
+_Lucky Star_ at work; and that excited them the more: they were mad to
+reach the ice before their rivals could molest the pack for which they
+were bound.
+
+When, at last, the engines were stopped, a party of sixty was formed
+in a haphazard fashion; the boats were lowered in haste, and the men
+leaped and tumbled into them, crowding them down to the gunwales. In
+one of the boats were Archie and Billy, the former in the care of Bill
+o' Burnt Bay, to whom the "nursing" was not altogether agreeable,
+under the circumstances; the latter in charge of himself, a lenient
+guardian, but a wise one.
+
+"Don't get into trouble with the crew o' the _Lucky Star_," had been
+the captain's last command.
+
+The men landed, hurrahing, and at once organized into half a dozen
+separate expeditions. The direction to be taken by each was determined
+by the leaders, and they set off at a dog trot upon their diverging
+paths over the ice to the widely distributed seal pack. Meantime, the
+boats were taken back to the ship and hoisted in; and the ship steamed
+off to land another party on another field, thence to land the last
+party near a third pack.
+
+The boys trotted in Bill's wake. Two pennant bearers, carrying flags
+to mark the heaps of "fat," as they should be formed, led the file.
+One of these men--it happened by chance, to all appearances--was the
+captain's enemy, Tim Tuttle. Their work was particularly important on
+that day, with the crew of the _Lucky Star_ working so near at hand;
+for the flags were to mark the ownership of the mounds of "fat," and
+any tampering with these "brands" would be likely to precipitate a
+violent encounter between the men of the rival ships.
+
+"I'm thinkin' 'twill snow afore night," Bill panted, as they ran along;
+and, indeed, it appeared that it would.
+
+The advance soon had to be made with caution. The hunters were so near
+the pack that the whines of the white coats could be heard. Archie
+could make out not only the harps, but the blow-holes beside which they
+lay in family groups. At this point the men formed in twos and threes,
+and dispersed. In a few minutes more, they rushed upon the prey,
+striking right and left.
+
+The ice was soon strewn with dead seals. It was harvest time for these
+impoverished Newfoundlanders. Lives of seals for lives of men and
+women! Bill o' Burnt Bay had ten "kids" at home, and he was merciless
+and mighty in destruction.
+
+Archie and Billy came upon a family of four, lying at some distance
+from their blow-hole--two grown harps, a "jar," which is a one year
+old seal, and a ranger, which is three years old and spotted like a
+leopard. Billy attacked the ranger without hesitation. Archie raised
+his gaff above the fluffy little jar, which was fanning itself with its
+flipper, and whining.
+
+"I can't do it!" he exclaimed, lowering his club, and turning away,
+faint at heart; then "Look, Billy!" he cried, in half amused wonderment.
+
+The old seals had wriggled off to the blow-hole, moving upon their
+flippers, in short jumps, as fast as a man could walk. Apparently they
+had reached the hole at the same instant, which was not wide enough to
+admit them both. Neither would give way to the other. They were stuck
+fast, their heads below, their fat bodies above.
+
+Their selfish haste was their undoing. Billy was not loath to take
+advantage of their predicament.
+
+Thus, everywhere, the men were at work. There was no friction with the
+crew of the _Lucky Star_; the whole party worked amicably, and almost
+side by side. When they had dispersed the pack, the "sculping" knives
+were drawn, and the labour of skinning was vigorously prosecuted. The
+skins, with the blubber adhering, were piled in heaps of six or more,
+according to the strength of the men who were to "tow" them to the
+edge of the field, where the ship was to return in the evening; and
+every "tow" was marked with an Armstrong and Son flag.
+
+The _Lucky Star's_ recall gun surprised the men before the work was
+finished. They looked up to find that the dusk was upon them, and that
+the snow was falling--falling ever more thickly, and drifting with the
+wind. The men of the _Lucky Star_ stopped work, hurriedly saw to it
+that their heaps of pelt were all marked, and started on a run for the
+ship; for, on the ice fields, the command of the recall gun is never
+disregarded.
+
+"There goes the _Dictator's_ gun," shouted one of the men.
+
+A second boom added force to the warning. The captain was evidently
+anxious to have his men safe out of the storm; the "fat" could be taken
+aboard in the morning. So Bill o' Burnt Bay, who was in tacit command
+of the party, called his men about him, and led the return. It was
+a mile over the ice to the _Dictator_, which lay waiting, with the
+second and third parties aboard. He was in haste; moreover, he had Sir
+Archibald Armstrong's son in his care: perhaps, that is why he did not
+stop to count the _Dictator's_ heaps of pelt before he started.
+
+"Come, now, Tuttle, don't lag!" he shouted, ambitious to have his party
+return with no delay.
+
+But Tuttle still lagged--or, rather, ran from heap to heap of pelt, as
+though to make sure that each was marked. He busied himself, indeed,
+until the party was well in advance--until, as he thought, there was no
+eye to see what he did under cover of the driving snow. Then he quickly
+snatched _Lucky Star_ flags from half a dozen heaps of "fat," cast them
+away, and planted _Dictator_ flags in their stead--a dishonourable duty
+which the house-flag of Armstrong & Son had never before been made to
+do.
+
+Quite sure, now, that he had shot an arrow that would sorely wound
+Captain Hand and the firm of Armstrong & Son, Tuttle ran after his
+party. When he was yet some distance behind, he turned about, and saw
+a small figure following him. He stopped dead--and waited until that
+small figure came up.
+
+"Topsail," he demanded, "what you been doin' back there?"
+
+Billy was very much frightened; but he was a truthful boy, and he now
+told the truth. "Been sculpin' an' pilin' me swiles, sir," he stammered.
+
+"Has you been touchin' them flags?"
+
+"N-n-no, sir. I didn't have no time. I was afeared I'd get lost in the
+snow."
+
+Tuttle caught the boy by the shoulders, and stared fiercely into his
+eyes. "Did you see what I done?" he demanded.
+
+Billy was strongly tempted to choose the easier way; but, as I have
+said, he was a truthful lad, and a brave lad, too. The temptation
+passed in a moment, and he fearlessly returned Tuttle's stare.
+
+"Yes, sir," he said.
+
+"If you tells Cap'n Hand what you saw," said Tuttle, tightening his
+grip, and bringing his face close to the lad's, "I'll----"
+
+He did not complete the threat. Billy Topsail's imagination, as he
+knew, would conceive the most terrible revenge.
+
+"Yes, sir," Billy gasped, vacantly; for he was more frightened than he
+had ever before been in his short life.
+
+That was all. They ran at full speed after their party, and soon joined
+it. Tuttle kept at Billy's side while they were getting aboard the
+ship, kept at his side while supper was served in the forecastle, kept
+at his side through the short evening; kept at his side all the time,
+in a haunting, threatening way that frightened Billy as nothing else
+could, until the lad, tired out and utterly discouraged as to the
+purpose he had formed, turned in, no less to escape Tuttle, who had now
+grown hateful to him, than to rest.
+
+"Oh," he thought, "if Archie had on'y come t' the fo'c's'le this night,
+I might 'a' told him; but now--I thinks--I'll be afeared, in the
+mornin'."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+ _In Which Tim Tuttle's Shaft Flies Straight for the Mark.
+ The Crews of the Dictator and Lucky Star Declare
+ War, and Captain Hand is Threatened with the Shame
+ of Dishonour, While Young Billy Topsail, Who Has the
+ Solution of the Difficulty, is in the Hold of the
+ Ship_
+
+
+TIM TUTTLE'S design against the honour of Captain Hand and of the firm
+of Armstrong & Son promised well. The following day broke fine; and,
+early in the morning, the crew of the _Dictator_ was turned out to load
+the "fat" which had been left on the floe over night. About one hundred
+men were sent to the ice; the rest were kept on the ship to stow away
+the "tows" as they came aboard. Among the latter was young Billy
+Topsail, who was ordered to the hold the moment he appeared on deck.
+
+The party under Bill o' Burnt Bay was first on the ground. Presently,
+the men from the _Lucky Star_ arrived. For a time, pleasant words
+passed between the crews. Soon, however, a group of _Lucky Star_
+hunters gathered out of hearing of the _Dictator's_ crew. Their voices,
+which had been low at first, rose angrily, and to such a pitch that
+the attention of Bill o' Burnt Bay was attracted. He observed their
+suspicious glances, their wrathful faces, their threatening gestures;
+and he promptly surmised that trouble of a familiar kind was brewing.
+
+It was evident that there was to be a dispute over the possession of
+certain of the "tows." The rights of that dispute Bill was not in a
+position to determine. So far as he knew--and he was bound to stand
+squarely upon his own knowledge--there had been no wrong-doing on the
+part of his men; and, being a man who never failed in his duty to the
+firm, he resolved that not an ounce of "fat" which then lay under a
+flag of Armstrong & Son should be yielded to the _Lucky Star_ until
+a higher authority than he gave the word. Needless to say, that is
+precisely what Tuttle expected of him.
+
+Moving quietly, lest he should provoke the dispute, Bill warned his men
+to be on the alert. And it was not long before the crew of the _Lucky
+Star_, with a stout fellow at their head, advanced threateningly.
+
+"Look here, you, Bill o' Burnt Bay," shouted the leader, "some o' your
+men have been stealin' our tows."
+
+"Oh, come, now, Johnny Tott," Bill replied, good-humouredly, "that
+ain't our way o' gettin' a cargo."
+
+The men of the _Dictator_ gathered behind Bill. Bill would have been
+better pleased had they gathered with less haste, had there been less
+of the battle-light in their eyes, had they held their gaffs less
+tightly--but all that, of course, was beyond his control; he could only
+make sure to have them there to defend the rights of the firm.
+
+"You can't scare _me_!" Johnny Tott flashed, angered by what he
+understood to be a display of force, but still trying to keep his
+temper. "We left twenty-two tows here last night, an' we find sixteen
+this mornin'. Who took the odd six?"
+
+Bill was bent on having the question referred to the captains of the
+ships. _They_ might settle it as they would. As for him--knowing from
+experience how quickly such encounters might come, and how violent they
+might be--all he desired was peaceably to protect the interests of his
+employers, and of the men, who had a percentage interest in every seal
+killed.
+
+"I don't want t' scare you, Johnny Tott," he replied, quietly. "I
+thinks you've counted your flags wrong. Now, why can't we just----"
+
+Then came an unfortunate interruption. It was a long, derisive cat-call
+from one of Bill's men--none other than Tim Tuttle. That was more than
+could be borne by men who were confident of their rights.
+
+"Thieves!" half a dozen of the crew of the _Lucky Star_ retorted. "A
+pack o' thieves!"
+
+It was a critical moment. The _Dictator's_ men, too, believed
+themselves to be in the right; and there was a limit to what they, too,
+could suffer. To be called thieves was perilously near that limit,
+already provoked, as they were, by what they thought a bold attempt to
+rob them of their seals.
+
+Bill turned quickly on his own men. "Stand back!" he cried, knowing
+well that a rush impended.
+
+"Thieves! Thieves!" taunted the crew of the _Lucky Star_.
+
+"Keep your men quiet!" Bill roared to Johnny Tott. "There'll be trouble
+if you don't."
+
+The _Lucky Star_ men were outnumbered; but not so far outnumbered that
+their case would be hopeless in a hand-to-hand fight. Nevertheless, it
+was the part of wisdom for Johnny Tott, who was himself animated by the
+best motives, to keep them quiet. He faced them, berated them roundly,
+and threatened to "knock the first man down" who should dare to
+continue the disturbance. Thus encouraged, Bill o' Burnt Bay addressed
+his crew briefly and to the point.
+
+"No nonsense, men!" he growled. "We wants no bloodshed here. The first
+man that passes me," he added, in such a way that not a man of them
+doubted he would make good his word, "may get hurt, an' badly hurt,
+afore he knows it."
+
+It was no time for gentle dealing. Bill had strong, angry men to deal
+with; and the responsibility of keeping them from wronging themselves
+and their fellows sat heavily upon him. Confident, however, that he had
+them in check, he advanced to parley with Tott. All would doubtless
+have gone smoothly had there not been a designing man on Bill's side.
+That man was Tuttle, to whom the course of events was not pleasing.
+Perceiving, now, that an encounter was likely to be warded off, he
+determined to precipitate it.
+
+"Who called me a thief?" he burst out.
+
+Then he broke away from his fellows, and ran towards the crew of the
+_Lucky Star_, with his gaff upraised. But Bill o' Burnt Bay was quick
+as a flash to intercept him. He tripped Tuttle up with his gaff, fairly
+leaped upon the prostrate form, caught the man by the collar, dragged
+him back and flung him at the feet of the crew. And, meantime, the
+_Lucky Star_ men, who had instantly prepared to meet Tuttle, laughed
+uproariously. That hearty laugh lightened the situation perceptibly.
+
+"An' here comes Cap'n Black!" shouted one of the men.
+
+Captain Hand of the _Dictator_, too, was on his way over the ice. Both
+skippers had observed the cessation of the work and the separation
+of the men into two hostile parties. Familiar as they were with such
+disputes, they needed no message to tell them that their presence was
+urgently needed on the floe. They came over the ice at full speed, at
+the same time trying to get at the merits of the quarrel from the men
+who ran to meet them; and, being fat sea-captains, both of them, and
+altogether unused to hurried locomotion afoot, they were quite out of
+breath when they met.
+
+The skipper of the _Lucky Star_ was a florid, peppery little man, much
+given to standing upon his dignity.
+
+"Cap'n Hand," he puffed, "this is--an out--rage, sir! Is this the
+way----"
+
+"'Scuse me--Cap'n B-Black--sir," the skipper of the _Dictator_ panted,
+his little red eyes almost hidden by his bushy brows; "but--I'm
+wonder--ful s'prised--that----"
+
+Captain Black drew a long breath, and proceeded more easily, but still
+with magnificent dignity. "_I'm_ wonderful surprised t' know, sir,"
+he said, "that _this_ is the way Cap'n Hand makes a good v'y'ge of it
+every year. I never knew how before, sir."
+
+"I'd have you t' know, sir," returned Captain Hand, bristling
+ominously, "that I 'lows no man t' call me a thief."
+
+"I'd have you t' know, sir, that your men have stolen my fat."
+
+"An' I'll have you t' know, sir, that that's t' be proved."
+
+"Cap'n Hand, sir," declared Captain Black, swelling like a
+pouter-pigeon the meanwhile, "you whole crew outnumbers mine nigh two
+t' one, or I'd load every pound o' fat on the ice on my ship. But I
+tells you now, sir, that I'll have the law o' you at St. John's. If you
+touch them six tows I'll have you sent t' coolie for a thief, sir, if
+there's an honest jury in the land! Mark my words, sir, I'll do it!"
+
+The upshot of it all was, when both captains had cut a ridiculous
+figure for a considerable time (and had found it out), that the crews
+were withdrawn to the ships, ostensibly for dinner, but really that
+they might be kept apart while their blood was heated. A conference was
+appointed for three o'clock in the afternoon; and in the interval the
+captains were more fully and more accurately to inform themselves by
+examining their respective crews. This was a very sensible agreement.
+So far as it went, Captain Hand was content; but, being a wise and
+experienced man, he foresaw that an amicable settlement of the
+difficulty was extremely doubtful.
+
+"I hopes, anyhow, that 'twill not come t' blows," he told Archie, as
+they trudged along, for his position made it impossible for him to
+confide in anybody else. "'Twill be a dreadful disgrace if it comes t'
+blows. An' maybe 'twill be something worse."
+
+When the men reached the _Dictator_, Billy Topsail was waiting on
+deck, keen as the rest of them to know what had happened on the ice.
+He had a wholesome conscience, and a reasonable courage; he had fully
+determined to do his duty, and was about to attract Archie Armstrong's
+attention--Archie was to be his first confidant--when Tuttle slipped
+quietly to his side, and laid a hand on his shoulder. Billy had no need
+to look up; he knew whose hand that was, and what the firm, increasing
+pressure meant.
+
+"You better go t' the fo'c's'le, lad," Tuttle whispered in his ear.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV
+
+_In Which the Issue is Determined_
+
+
+BILLY Topsail went to the forecastle as he was bid. With Tuttle so
+near, he seemed not to have the will to carry out his purpose. He
+passed Archie on the way forward, even responded to his nod and merry
+greeting with a wistful smile; but said nothing, for he felt that
+Tuttle's cold gray eyes were fixed upon him. Archie marked that strange
+smile, and thought--it was just a fleeting thought--that Billy must
+be in trouble; he was about to stop, but put the solicitous question
+off--until another time.
+
+Aboard the _Lucky Star_, Captain Black called Johnny Tott to his cabin.
+It was a serious moment for both, as both knew. The hunter realized
+that the captain would act upon his statement, and that there would
+be no return, once the course was taken. Moreover, he knew that he
+would have to take oath, and support that oath with evidence, in the
+court-room at St. John's.
+
+"Now, John, I wants just the plainest kind o' truth," the captain
+began, for, shorn of his exaggerated dignity, he was a fair,
+honest-hearted man. "I've been friends with Cap'n Hand ever since
+we was young, an' I've liked him every hour o' that time, an' I've
+believed in him every minute; so I'm in no humour t' have a fallin'
+out with him. It'll go hard with the man who wrongfully leads me into
+_that_. Come, now, what's the _truth_ o' all this?"
+
+"The truth, sir," Johnny replied, slowly, "is this: We left twenty-two
+tows on the ice last night, every one with a Bryan & Company flag
+flyin' over it, an' we found but sixteen this mornin'. That's all I
+knows about it."
+
+"Did you make the count alone?"
+
+"No, sir. They was three others, which," most importantly, "I can
+pro-dooce any minute."
+
+"All right, Johnny," said the captain, striking the table with his
+fist. "I believe you. You won't find Cap'n Black go back on his crew.
+I'll have that fat, if I have t' fight for it!"
+
+While this was passing, Captain Hand had summoned Bill o' Burnt Bay,
+Ebenezer Bowsprit and two or three other trustworthy men to _his_
+cabin, and requested Archie Armstrong (the good captain seemed to
+consider the lad in some measure a representative of the firm) to hear
+the interview. One and all, for themselves and for the crew, they
+earnestly denied knowledge of any trickery. They regretted, they said,
+that the incident had occurred; but they believed that the seals were
+the property of the ship, and they hoped that the captain would not
+"see them robbed."
+
+"But, Bill," said the captain, hopelessly, "you didn't _count_ the
+tows?"
+
+"No, sir," Bill answered, promptly, "I'm bound t' say I didn't. After
+your two recall guns, sir, we was in a hurry t' get aboard. 'Twas a
+fault, I knows, sir, but it can't be helped now. I don't _know_ that
+anybody changed the flags. I hasn't any reason t' _think_ so. So I
+_believe_ that the fat's ours."
+
+"Well, men," the captain concluded, "that's just my position. I _knows_
+nothin' t' the contrary; so I got t' believe that the fat's ours.
+You'll tell the crew that I'll stand by them. We'll take that fat,
+whatever they tries t' do, an' we'll let the courts decide afterwards.
+That's all."
+
+There was fret and uncertainty for the captain after the men trooped
+out. He was an honest man, seeking the right, but not sure that he was
+right. It seemed to him that, whatever the outcome, his reputation
+and that of the firm would be tarnished. In a trial at law, the crew
+of the _Lucky Star_ and the firm of Alexander Bryan & Company would
+appear as the aggrieved parties. Men would say--yes, men would even
+publicly take oath to it--that Captain Hand was a thief, and that the
+firm of Armstrong & Son abused its power and wealth in sustaining him.
+Not everybody would believe _that_, of course; but many would--and the
+odium of the charge would never disappear, let the verdict of the jury
+be what it might.
+
+"B'y," he said to Archie, in great distress, "'tis a tryin' place t'
+be in. I wants t' wrong nobody. 'Twould wound me sore t' wrong Cap'n
+Black, who's always been my friend. But I got t' have that fat. A
+sealin' skipper that goes back on his crew is not fit for command. I
+_must_ stand by the men. If I had an enemy, b'y," he added, "an' that
+enemy wanted t' ruin me, he couldn't choose a better----"
+
+Captain Hand stopped dead and stared at the table--stared, and gaped,
+until his appearance was altogether out of the common.
+
+"What's the matter, cap'n?" asked Archie, alarmed.
+
+At that moment, however, there was a knock at the door. Billy Topsail
+came in, pale and wide-eyed; but the sight of Archie seemed to compose
+him.
+
+"I got t' tell you about Tim Tuttle," he began, hurriedly. "I hears
+there's goin' t' be a fight, an'--an'--I got t' tell you that I seed
+him change the flags on the tows."
+
+"What!" shouted the captain, jumping out of his chair.
+
+And so it all came out. At the end of the talk, Billy Topsail was
+assured by the smiling captain that he need not fear Tim Tuttle after a
+word or two had been spoken with him. Bill o' Burnt Bay was summoned,
+and corroborated Billy's statement that Tuttle was the last man to
+leave the tows. And Tuttle was the captain's enemy! Everybody knew it.
+The difficulties were thus all brushed away. The crew would accept the
+explanation and be content. Tuttle would be ridiculed until he was well
+punished for the trick that had so nearly succeeded. It was a good
+ending to the affair--a far better outcome than any man aboard had
+dared hope for.
+
+"Bill," said the captain, with an odd little smile, "send Tim Tuttle t'
+Cap'n Black, with my compliments; an' will Cap'n Black be so kind as t'
+accept my apology, and have a friendly cup o' tea with me immediate?"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Later, when Tuttle left the captain's cabin, after the "word or two"
+had been spoken, he was not grateful for the generous treatment he
+had received. He meditated further mischief; but before the second
+opportunity offered, there happened something which put animosity out
+of the hearts of all the crew.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+ _It Appears That the Courage and Strength of the Son of
+ a Colonial Knight are to be Tried. The Hunters are
+ Caught in a Great Storm_
+
+
+THE _Lucky Star_ and the _Dictator_ parted company the next day--the
+former bound for the Labrador coast, the latter in a southerly
+direction to White Bay. For several days, the _Dictator_ ran here
+and there among the great floes, attacking small herds; and at the
+end of a week she had ten thousand seals in her hold. But that cargo
+did not by any means content Captain Hand. Indeed, he began to fear
+the voyage would be little better than a failure. Nothing less than
+twenty thousands pelts would be a profitable "haul" for a vessel of the
+_Dictator's_ tonnage to carry back to St. John's.
+
+For that reason, perhaps, both the captain and the men were willing to
+take some risk, when, late one morning, a large herd was sighted on a
+floe near the coast in the southwest. The danger lay in the weather: it
+was an unpromising day--cold and dull, and threatening snow and storm.
+For a time the captain hesitated; but, at last, he determined to land
+his men in three parties, caution them to be watchful and quick, and
+himself try to keep the _Dictator_ within easy reach of them all. It
+really did not appear to be necessary to waste the day merely because
+the sky was dark over the coast.
+
+Bill o' Burnt Bay's party was landed first. Billy Topsail and Tim
+Tuttle were members of it; and, as usual, Archie Armstrong attached
+himself to it. As the _Dictator_ steamed away to land the second crew,
+and, thence, still further away to land the third, Bill led his men on
+a trot for the pack, which lay about a mile from the water's edge.
+
+"'Tis a queer day, this," Bill observed to the boys, who trotted in his
+wake.
+
+"Sure, why?" asked Billy.
+
+"Is it t' snow, or is it not? Can you answer me that? Sure, I most
+always can tell that little thing, but t'-day I can't."
+
+"'Tis like snow," Billy replied, puzzled, "an' again 'tisn't. 'Tis
+queer, that!"
+
+"I hopes the captain keeps the ship at hand," said Bill. "'Tis not t'
+my taste t' spend a night on the floe in a storm."
+
+To be lost in a blizzard is a dreaded danger, and not at all an
+uncommon experience. Many crews, lost from the ship in a blinding
+storm, have been carried out to sea with the floe, and never heard of
+afterwards. Bill o' Burnt Bay lost his own father in that way, and
+himself had had two narrow escapes from the same fate. So he scanned
+the sky anxiously, not only as he ran along at the head of his sixty
+men, but from time to time through the day, until the excitement of the
+hunt put all else out of his head.
+
+[Illustration: "LASH YOUR TOWS, B'YS," SAID BILL. "LEAVE THE REST GO."]
+
+It was a profitable hunt. The men laboured diligently and rapidly. So
+intent on the work in hand were they that none observed the darkening
+sky and the gusts of wind that broke from behind the rocky coast. Thus,
+towards evening, when the work was over save the sculping and lashing,
+dusk caught them unaware. Bill o' Burnt Bay looked up to find that the
+snow was flying, that it was black as ink in the northeast, and that
+the wind was blowing in long, angry gusts.
+
+"Men," he cried, "did you ever see a sky like that?"
+
+The men watched the heavy clouds in the northeast rise and swiftly
+spread.
+
+"Sure, it looks bad," muttered one.
+
+"Make haste with the sculpin'," Bill ordered. "They's wonderful heavy
+weather comin' up. I mind me a time when a blizzard come out of a sky
+like that."
+
+The dusk grew deeper, the snow fell thicker, the wind rose; and all
+this Bill observed while he worked. Groups of men lashed their tows and
+started off for the edge of the floe where the steamer was to return
+for them.
+
+"Lash your tows, b'ys," shouted Bill, to the rest of the men. "Leave
+the rest go. 'Tis too late t' sculp any more."
+
+There was some complaint; but Bill silenced the growlers with a sharp
+word or two. The whole party set off in a straggling line, dragging
+their tows; it was Bill who brought up the rear, for he wanted to make
+sure that his company would come entire to the landing-place. Strong,
+stinging blasts of wind were then sweeping out of the northeast, and
+the snow was fast narrowing the view.
+
+"Faster, b'ys!" cried Bill. "The storm's comin' wonderful quick."
+
+The storm came faster than, with all his experience, Bill o' Burnt
+Bay had before believed possible. When he had given the order to
+abandon the unskinned seals, he thought that there was time and to
+spare; but, now, with less than half the distance to the landing-place
+covered, the men were already staggering, the wind was blowing a
+gale, and the blinding snow almost hid the flags at the water's edge.
+When he realized this, and that the ship was not yet in sight, "Drop
+everything, an' run for it!" was the order he sent up the line.
+
+"Archie, b'y," he then shouted, catching the lad by the arm and drawing
+him nearer, "we got t' run for the landing-place. Stick close t' me.
+When you're done out, I'll carry you. Is you afraid, b'y?"
+
+Archie looked up, but did not deign to reply to the humiliating
+question.
+
+"All right, lad," said Bill, understanding. "Is you ready?"
+
+Archie knew that his strength and courage were to be tried. He was
+tired, and cold, and almost hopeless; but, then and there, he resolved
+to prove his blood and breeding--to prove to these men, who had been
+unfailingly kind to him, but yet had naturally looked with good-natured
+contempt upon his fine clothes and white hands, that fortitude was
+not incompatible with a neat cravat and nice manners. Beyond all that,
+however, it was his aim to prove that Sir Archibald Armstrong's son was
+the son of his own father.
+
+"Lead on, Bill," he said.
+
+"Good lad!" Bill muttered.
+
+Archie bent to the blast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+ _In Which the Men are Lost, the Dictator is Nipped and
+ Captain Hand Sobs, "Poor Sir Archibald!"_
+
+
+WHEN the last party of hunters had been landed from the _Dictator_,
+the ship was taken off the ice field; and there she hung, in idleness,
+awaiting the end of the hunt. It was then long past noon. The darkening
+sky in the northeast promised storm and an early night more surely
+than ever. It fretted the captain. He was accountable to the women and
+children of Green Bay for the lives of the men; so he kept to the deck,
+with an eye on the weather: and while the gloom deepened and spread, a
+storm of anxiety gathered in his heart--and, at last, broke in action.
+
+"Call the watch, Mr. Ackell!" he cried, sharply. "We'll wait no longer."
+
+He ran to the bridge, signalled "Stand by!" to the engine-room, and
+ordered the firing of the recall gun. The men of the last party were
+within ear of the report. It brought all work on the ice to a close.
+The men waited only to pile the dead seals in heaps and mark possession
+with flags.
+
+"Again, mate!" shouted the captain. "They're long about comin', it
+seems t' me."
+
+A second discharge brought the men on a run to the edge of the ice.
+It was evident that some danger threatened. They ran at full speed,
+crowded aboard the waiting boats, and were embarked as quickly as might
+be. Then the ship steamed off to the second field, five miles distant,
+to pick up the second party. When she came within hearing distance,
+three signal guns were fired, with the result that, when she came to,
+the men were waiting for the boats.
+
+It was a run of six miles to the field upon which the first party had
+been landed--part of the way in and out among the pans. The storm
+had now taken form and was advancing swiftly, and the fields in the
+northeast were hidden in a spreading darkness. The wind had risen to
+half a gale, and it was beginning to snow. A run of six miles! The
+captain's heart sank. When he looked at the black clouds rising from
+behind the coast, he doubted that the _Dictator_ could do it in time.
+An appalling fortune seemed to be descending on the men on the ice.
+
+"But we may make it, mate," said the captain, "if----"
+
+"Ay, sir?"
+
+"If they's no ice comin' with the gale."
+
+The ship had been riding the open sea, skirting the floe. Now she came
+to the mouth of a broad lane, which wound through the fields. It was
+the course; along that lane, at all hazards, she must thread her way.
+The danger was extreme. The wind, blowing a gale, might force the great
+fields together. Or, if ice came with the wind, the lanes might be
+choked up. In either event, what chance would there be for the men? In
+the first event, which was almost inevitable, what chance would there
+be for the _Dictator_ herself?
+
+"Cap'n Hand, sir," the mate began, nervously, "is you goin'----"
+
+The captain looked up in amazement when the mate stammered and stopped.
+"Well, sir?" he said.
+
+"Is you goin' inside the ice, sir?"
+
+"Is I goin' WHAT?" roared the captain, turning upon him. "Is I goin'
+WHAT, sir?"
+
+It was sufficient. The captain _was_ going among the fields. The mate
+needed no plainer answer to his question.
+
+"Beg pardon, sir," he muttered meekly. "I thought you was."
+
+"Huh!" growled the captain.
+
+When the ship passed into the lane, the storm burst overhead. The
+scunner in the foretop was near blinded by the driven snow. His voice
+was swept hither and thither by the wind. Directions came to the bridge
+in broken sentences. The captain dared not longer drive the vessel at
+full speed.
+
+"Half speed!" he signalled.
+
+The ship crept along. For half an hour, while the night drew on, not a
+word was spoken, save the captain's quiet "Port!" and "Starboard!" into
+the wheelhouse tube. Then the mate heard the old man mutter:
+
+"Poor b'y! Poor Sir Archibald!"
+
+No other reference was made to the boy. In the captain's mind,
+thereafter, for all the mate knew, young Archibald Armstrong, the
+owner's son, was merely one of a crew of sixty men, lost on the floe.
+
+"Ice ahead!" screamed the lookout in the bow.
+
+The ship was brought to a stop. The lane she had been following had
+closed before her. The mate went forward.
+
+"Heavy ice, sir," he reported.
+
+Broken ice, then, had come down with the wind. It had been carried into
+the channels, choking them.
+
+"Does you see water beyond, b'y?" the captain shouted.
+
+"'Tis too thick t' tell, sir."
+
+The captain signalled "Go ahead!" The chance must be taken. To be
+caught between two fields in a great storm was a fearful situation.
+So the ship pushed into the ice, moving at a snail's pace, labouring
+hard, and complaining of the pressure upon her ribs. Soon she made no
+progress whatever. The screw was turning noisily; the vessel throbbed
+with the labour of the engines; but she was at a standstill.
+
+"Stuck, sir!" exclaimed the mate.
+
+"Ay, mate," the captain said, blankly, "stuck."
+
+The ship struggled bravely to force her way on; but the ice, wedged all
+about her, was too heavy.
+
+"God help the men!" said the captain, as he signalled for the stopping
+of the engines. "We're stuck!"
+
+"An' God help us," the mate added, in the same spirit, "if the fields
+come together!"
+
+Conceive the situation of the _Dictator_. She lay between two of many
+vast, shifting fields, all of immeasurable mass. The captain had
+deliberately subjected her to the chances in an effort to rescue the
+men for whom he was accountable to the women and children of Green
+Bay. She was caught; and if the wind should drive the fields together,
+her case would be desperate, indeed. The slow, mighty pressure exerted
+by such masses is irresistible. The ship would either be crushed to
+splinters, or--a slender chance--she would be lifted out of danger for
+the time.
+
+Had there been no broken ice about her, destruction would have been
+inevitable. Her hope now lay in that ice; for, with the narrowing of
+the space in which it floated, it would in part be forced deep into the
+water, and in part be crowded out of it. If it should get under the
+ship's bottom, it would exert an increasing upward pressure; and that
+pressure might be strong enough to lift the vessel clear of the fields.
+The captain had known of such cases; but now he smiled when he called
+them to mind.
+
+"Take a week's rations an' four boats t' the ice, mate," he directed,
+"an' be quick about it. We'll sure have t' leave the ship."
+
+While the mate went about this work, the captain paced the bridge,
+regardless of the cold and storm. It was dark, the wind was bitter and
+strong, the snow was driving past; but still he paced the bridge, now
+and then turning towards the darkness of that place, far off on the
+floe, where his men, and the young charge he had been given, were lost.
+The women of Green Bay would not forgive him for lives lost thus; of
+that he was sure. And the lad--that tender lad----
+
+"Poor little b'y!" he thought. "Poor Sir Archibald!"
+
+For relief from this torturing thought, he went among the men. He found
+most of them gathered in groups, gravely discussing the situation of
+the ship. In the forecastle, some were holding a "prayer-meeting"; the
+skipper paused to listen to the singing and to the solemn words that
+followed it. Here and there, as he went along, he spoke an encouraging
+word; here and there dropped a word of advice, as, "Timothy, b'y, you
+got too much on your back; 'tis not wise t' load yourself down when
+you takes t' the ice," and the like; here and there, in a smile or a
+glance, he found the comforting assurance that the men knew he had
+tried to do his duty.
+
+"Cap'n John Hand," he thought, when he returned to the bridge, "you
+hasn't got a coward aboard!"
+
+The mate came up to report. "We've the boats on the ice, sir," he said,
+"an' I've warned the crew t' make ready."
+
+"Very well, Mr. Ackell; they's nothin' more t' be done."
+
+"Hark, sir!"
+
+The ice about the ship seemed to be stirring. Beyond--from far off in
+the distance to windward--the noise of grinding, breaking ice-pans
+could be heard. There was no mistaking the warning. The moment of peril
+was at hand.
+
+"The fields is comin' together, sir."
+
+"Call the crew, Mr. Ackell," said the captain, quietly.
+
+The men gathered on deck. They were silent while they waited. The
+only sounds came from the ice--and from overhead, where the wind was
+screaming through the rigging.
+
+"'Tis comin', sir," said the mate.
+
+"Ay."
+
+"God help us!"
+
+"'Twill soon be over, Mr. Ackell," observed the captain.
+
+He awaited the event with a calm spirit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+ _And Last: In Which Wind and Snow and Cold Have Their
+ Way and Death Lands on the Floe. Billy Topsail Gives
+ Himself to a Gust of Wind, and Archie Armstrong
+ Finds Peril and Hardship Stern Teachers. Concerning,
+ also, a New Sloop, a Fore-an'-After and a Tailor's
+ Lay-Figure_
+
+
+BILL o' Burnt Bay did not lead a race for the landing place. When he
+looked up, a thick curtain of snow hid the flags. It was then apparent
+to him that he and his men must pass the night on the ice. In a
+blizzard of such force and blinding density, no help could reach them
+from the ship, even if she managed to reach the place where the men
+were to be taken aboard.
+
+Nothing was visible but the space immediately roundabout; and the
+wind had risen to such terrific strength that sound could make
+small way against it. Thus, neither lights nor signal guns could be
+perceived--not though the ship should beat her way to within one
+hundred yards of where the group stood huddled. There was nothing for
+it but to seek the shelter of an ice hummock, and there await the
+passing of the storm.
+
+"B'ys," he said to the few men who had gathered about him, and he
+shouted at the top of his voice, for the wind whisked low-spoken words
+away, "they's a hummock somewheres handy. Leave us get t' the lee of
+it."
+
+"No, no!" several men exclaimed. "Leave us get on t' the rest o' the
+crew. 'Tis no use stayin' here."
+
+"The path is lost, men," Bill cried. "You'll lose your way--you'll lose
+your lives!"
+
+But they would not listen. They hurried forward, and were soon
+swallowed up by the night and snow. Bill o' Burnt Bay was left alone
+with Billy and Archie and a man named Osmond, who was a dull, heavy
+fellow.
+
+"They's a hummock within a hundred yards o' here," Bill shouted. "I
+marked it afore the snow got thick. We must find it. 'Tis----"
+
+"'Tis t' the left; 'tis over there," said Billy, pointing to the left.
+"I marked it well."
+
+"Ay 'tis somewheres t' the left. Our only chance is t' find it. Now,
+listen well t' what I says. We must spread out. I'll start off. Archie,
+you follow me; keep sight o' me--keep just sight o' me, an' no more;
+but don't lose me, b'y, for your life. Osmond, you'll follow the b'y;
+an' be sure you watch him well. Billy, b'y, you'll follow Osmond. When
+we gets in line, we'll face t' the left an' go for'ard. The first t'
+see the hummock will signal the next man, an' he'll pass the word."
+
+The three nodded their heads to signify their understanding of these
+directions.
+
+"Osmond, don't lose sight o' this b'y," said Bill, impressively,
+placing his hand on Archie's shoulder. "D'you mind? Men," he went on,
+"if one loses sight o' the others, 'tis all up with us. Leave your pelt
+go. I'll take mine."
+
+Shelter from that frosty wind was imperative in Archie's case. He made
+no complaint, for it was not in his nature to complain; but, strong
+to endure as he was, and stout as his spirit was, the cold, striking
+through the fur and wool about him, was having its inevitable effect.
+
+When Bill moved off, dragging his burden of pelt, the boy calmly
+waited until the stalwart figure had been reduced to an outline; then,
+with heavy steps, but fixed purpose to acquit himself like a man, he
+followed, keeping his distance. Osmond came next. Young Billy had the
+exposed position--a station of honour in which he exulted--at the other
+end of the line.
+
+Bill gave the signal, which was passed along by Archie to Osmond and by
+him to Billy, and they faced about and moved forward in the direction
+in which the hummock lay.
+
+Archie searched the gloom for the gray shape of the hummock. It was a
+shelter--a mere relief. But how despairingly he searched for a sight of
+that formless heap of ice! Soon he began to stumble painfully. Once he
+lost sight of Bill o' Burnt Bay. Then he faltered, fell and could not
+rise. It was the watchful Bill who picked him up.
+
+"What's this, b'y?" Bill asked, his voice shaking.
+
+"I fell down," Archie answered, sharply. "That's all."
+
+"I'll carry you, b'y," Bill began. "I'll carry you, if----"
+
+Archie roughly pushed the man away. Then he stumbled forward, keeping
+his head up.
+
+At that moment, Osmond, who was like a shadow to the right, gave the
+signal. So Bill knew that Billy, whom he could not see, had chanced
+upon the hummock. He caught Archie up in his arms, against the boy's
+protests and struggles, and ran with him to Osmond, and thence to
+Billy, all the time dragging his "tow."
+
+When they reached the lee of the ice, Archie lay quietly in Bill's
+arms. He was about to fall asleep, as Bill perceived.
+
+"Unlash the tow," Bill said, quickly, to Osmond, "an' start a fire."
+
+With the help of Billy, Osmond took a pelt from the pack, and spread it
+on the ice.
+
+"They's no wood," he said, stupidly.
+
+"Take the cross-bar o' the tow line, dunderhead!" cried Billy. "Here!
+Leave me do it."
+
+While Billy released the slender bar of wood from the end of the
+line, stuck it in the blubber and prepared to set fire to it, Bill
+was dealing with Archie's drowsiness. He shook the lad with all
+his strength, slapped him, shook him again, ran him hither and
+thither, and, at last, roused him to a sense of peril. The boy fought
+desperately to restore his circulation.
+
+"'Tis ready t' light," Billy said to Bill.
+
+"Leave me do it," Bill answered. "Keep movin', b'y," he cautioned
+Archie. "Don't you give up."
+
+Give up? Not he! And Archie said so--mumbled it scornfully to Bill,
+and repeated it again and again to himself, until he was sick of the
+monotony of the words, but could not stop repeating them.
+
+Neither Osmond nor Billy had matches, but Bill had a box in his
+waistcoat pocket. He shielded the contents from the wind and snow while
+he took one match out. Then he closed the box and handed it to Osmond
+to hold. It was well that he did not return it to his own pocket.
+
+Archie was stumbling back and forth over the twenty yards of sheltered
+space. He had a great, shadowy realization of two duties: he must keep
+in motion, and he must keep out of the wind. All else had passed from
+his consciousness. At every turn, however, he unwittingly ventured
+further past the end of the hummock.
+
+Twice the wind, the full force of which he could not resist, almost
+caught him. Then came a time when he had to summon his whole strength
+to tear himself from its clutch. He told himself he must not again pass
+beyond the lee of the ice. But, before he returned to that point, he
+had forgotten the danger.
+
+A mighty gust laid hold on him, carried him off his feet, and swept him
+far out into the darkness.[8] It chanced that Billy Topsail, who had
+kept an eye on Archie, caught sight of him as he fell.
+
+"Archie!" the boy screamed.
+
+"Archie?" cried Bill, looking up. "What----"
+
+Archie had even then been carried out of sight. Billy leaped to his
+feet and followed. He gave himself to the same gust of wind, and, with
+difficulty keeping himself upright, was carried along with it. Bill
+grasped the situation in a flash. He, too, leaped up, and ran into the
+storm.
+
+"Archie, b'y!" he cried. "Where is you? Oh, where is you, lad?" It was
+the first time in many years that heart's agony had wrung a cry from
+old Bill o' Burnt Bay.
+
+Billy Topsail was carried swiftly along by the wind. It was clear to
+him that, should he diverge from the path of the gust, not only would
+he be unable to find the lost boy, but he himself would be in hopeless
+case. The wind swept him close upon Archie's track, but, as its force
+wasted, ever more slowly. He soon tripped over an obstruction, and
+plunged forward on his face. He recovered, and crawled back. There he
+came upon Archie, lying in a heap, half covered by a drift of snow.
+
+"B'y," Billy shouted, "is you dead?"
+
+Archie opened his eyes. Billy Topsail looked close, but could see no
+light of intelligence in them. He shook the boy violently.
+
+"Wake up!" he cried. "Wake up!"
+
+"What?" Archie responded, faintly.
+
+Billy lifted him to his feet, but there was no strength in the lad's
+legs; he was limp as a drunken man. But this exertion restored Billy
+Topsail; he felt his own strength returning--a strength which the
+arduous toil of the coast had mightily developed.
+
+"Stand up, b'y!" he shouted in Archie's ear. "Put your arm on my
+shoulder. I'll help you along."
+
+"No," Archie muttered. But despite this protest he was lifted up; then
+he said: "Give me your hand. I'm all right."
+
+Billy wasted no words. He locked his arms about Archie's middle,
+lifted him, and staggered forward against the wind.
+
+The wind had fallen somewhat, and he made some progress. But the burden
+was heavy, and twice he fell. Then he heard Bill o' Burnt Bay's voice,
+and he shouted a response, but the wind carried the words away. He
+could hear Bill, who was to windward, but Bill could not hear him. So
+when the call came again, he marked the location and staggered in that
+direction.
+
+"Oh, Billy! Oh, Archie!"
+
+The voice was nearer--and to the left. Billy Topsail changed his
+course. The next cry came from the right again. Was the wind deceiving
+him? Or was Bill changing his place? Then came a ringing cry near at
+hand.
+
+"Bill!" screamed Billy Topsail.
+
+"Here! Where is you?"
+
+Bill's great body emerged from the darkness. He cried out joyfully as
+he rushed forward, took Archie from Billy's arms, and slung him over
+his shoulder.
+
+"Praise God!" he muttered tremulously, when he felt life stirring in
+the small body.
+
+He put his face close to Billy Topsail's and looked steadily into the
+boy's eyes for an instant; and no words were needed to say what he
+meant.
+
+[Illustration: "WE'RE SAVED!" SAID BILL.]
+
+But where was the hummock? Bill looked about.
+
+"'Tis there," said Billy, pointing ahead.
+
+Bill shook his head. His homing instinct, to which he had trusted
+his life in many a fog and night, told him otherwise. Reason entered
+into his decision not at all; he merely waited until he was persuaded
+that his face was turned in the right direction. Then he started off
+unhesitatingly. He had found the harbour entrance thus in many a thick
+summer night when his fishing punt rode a trackless sea.
+
+"Take hold o' me jacket, b'y," he said to Billy. "Mind you stick close
+by me."
+
+For some time they wandered without seeing any sign of the hummock.
+Bill's heart sank lower and lower; for he knew that if they did not
+soon find shelter, Archie would die in his arms. At last Bill caught
+sight of a light--a dull, glowing light.
+
+"Is that a fire?" he asked.
+
+"'Tis the hummock!" Billy cried. "'Tis Osmond with the fire goin'. 'Tis
+he! 'Tis he!"
+
+"We're saved," said Bill.
+
+Once in the lee of the hummock, they roused Archie from his stupor,
+and warmed him over the fire, which Osmond, after many failures, had
+succeeded in lighting. They broke the cross-piece of the tow line in
+two, took another pelt from the pack, and made two fires. The wood
+was like the wick in a candle; it blazed in the blubber, and was not
+consumed. Between the fires they huddled together, with Archie in the
+middle. Their bodies warmed the lad, and he slumbered snugly, quietly,
+through the night. Billy Topsail, more sturdy of body, if not of
+spirit, kept awake, and had a part in the talk with which each tried to
+cheer the others through the fearful, dragging hours.
+
+"'Tis the day," said Bill, at last, pointing to the east.
+
+The wind abated as the dawn advanced, and the snow ceased to fall.
+Light crept over the field, and men appeared from behind clumpers of
+ice. Group signalled to group. All made their way to the place where
+the ship had landed them, a dozen men were already clustered--a gaunt,
+haggard, frost-bitten crowd. The terrors of the night still oppressed
+them, and, through weeks, would haunt their dreams.
+
+They counted their number. Fifty-nine living men were there; and
+there was one dead body--that of Tim Tuttle of Raggles Island, who had
+strayed away from his fellows and been lost. And thus they awaited the
+full break of day, while eyes were strained into the departing night.
+Where was the ship? Had she survived? These were the questions they
+asked one another.
+
+"What's that patch o' black?" Bill o' Burnt Bay asked. "Due west,
+lads--a mile or more off?"
+
+"Sure, it looks like the ship," some of the men agreed.
+
+As the light increased, the storm passed on. A burst of sunshine at
+last revealed the _Dictator_, lying on the ice, listed far to port. The
+broken ice in which she had been caught, they learned afterwards, had
+been forced under her, and she had been lifted out of danger when the
+fields that nipped her came together.
+
+When it is said that old Captain Hand welcomed his crew with open arms,
+and embraced Archie--the meanwhile searching through all his pockets
+for a handkerchief, which he could not find--there remains little to be
+told. He was more haggard than the rescued men. What depths his brave
+spirit sounded on that long night are not to be described.
+
+"Well, b'y," was what he said to Archie, "you're back, is you?"
+
+"Safe and sound, cap'n," the boy replied, wearily, "and hungry."
+
+"Send the cook for'ard with the scoff!" roared the captain.
+
+Before noon, all the men were safe aboard, and the ice was breaking up.
+When the _Dictator_ settled softly into the water, at the parting of
+the fields, the pelt was stowed away. She had no difficulty in making
+the open sea; and thence she set forth in search of other floes and
+other seal packs.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The _Dictator_ made Long Tom Harbour without mishap. There it was made
+known that the name of Billy Topsail of Ruddy Cove was "on the books,"
+and not a man grumbled because the lad was to share with the rest.
+There, too, old John Roth, to whom two "white coats" had been promised,
+claimed the gift of Archie, and was not disappointed. And there Archie
+said good-bye to Billy for the time.
+
+"I'll see you this summer," he said. "Don't forget, Billy. I'll spend
+a week of vacation time with you at Ruddy Cove."
+
+"No," Billy replied. "You'll spend it at New Bay. Sure, me name is on
+the books, an' I'm goin' after lobsters with me own skiff in July."
+
+"I'll go with you, if you'll take me," said Archie. "And I can never,
+never forget that you----"
+
+"Sure," Billy Topsail interrupted, flushing, "you'll go with me t' New
+Bay. An' times we'll have of it!"
+
+"Good-bye!"
+
+"Good-bye, b'y!"
+
+And so they parted on terms of perfect equality.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+That summer, Billy Topsail went to New Bay. But it was not in a skiff;
+it was in a swift little sloop, especially made to be sailed by a crew
+of one. It came North, mysteriously, from St. John's, to the wonder
+of all Green Bay; and its name was _Rescue_. And a letter came North
+for Bill o' Burnt Bay: which, when he read it, stirred him to the
+profoundest depth of his rugged old heart, for he roared in a most
+unmannerly fashion that he'd "be busted if he'd take a thing for
+standin' by such a lad!" In reply to a second letter, however, Bill
+said he would "be willin' t' take it on credit, if he'd be 'lowed t'
+pay for it as he could." So that is how Bill o' Burnt Bay came to sail
+to the Labrador in his own fore-and-after, when the fish were running.
+
+And, once, Sir Archibald Armstrong turned to his son. "Well, my boy,"
+he said, slowly, "I've been wanting to ask you a question. What do you
+think of your shipmates?"
+
+"I think they're heroes, every one!" Archie answered.
+
+"Do you think you now know the difference between a man and a tailor's
+lay-figure?"
+
+"Oh, sir," Archie laughed, "I'll never forget _that_!"
+
+Billy Topsail had never needed to learn.
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[8] It is related by the survivors of the steamship _Greenland_
+disaster, of some years ago, in which sixty lives were lost, that one
+man was in this way carried half a mile over the ice. When he was
+found, he had gone mad.
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+Page 49, "cost" changed to "coast" (a rocky sea-coast)
+
+Page 142, "peninsular" changed to "peninsula" (bleak peninsula to the)
+
+Page 216, "Landside" changed to "Landslide" (Landslide at Little Tickle)
+
+Page 274, the anchor for the footnote after "raftin' ice" was added to
+the text.
+
+Page 328, "handkerckief" changed to "handkerchief" (pockets for a
+handkerchief)
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44037 ***